ContactsContract.java revision ae678b8894df49ac4501d879558d12d358030aa2
1/* 2 * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project 3 * 4 * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); 5 * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. 6 * You may obtain a copy of the License at 7 * 8 * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 9 * 10 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 11 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 12 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. 13 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and 14 * limitations under the License 15 */ 16 17package android.provider; 18 19import android.accounts.Account; 20import android.annotation.SystemApi; 21import android.app.Activity; 22import android.app.admin.DevicePolicyManager; 23import android.content.ActivityNotFoundException; 24import android.content.ContentProviderClient; 25import android.content.ContentProviderOperation; 26import android.content.ContentResolver; 27import android.content.ContentUris; 28import android.content.ContentValues; 29import android.content.Context; 30import android.content.ContextWrapper; 31import android.content.CursorEntityIterator; 32import android.content.Entity; 33import android.content.EntityIterator; 34import android.content.Intent; 35import android.content.res.AssetFileDescriptor; 36import android.content.res.Resources; 37import android.database.Cursor; 38import android.database.DatabaseUtils; 39import android.graphics.Rect; 40import android.net.Uri; 41import android.os.RemoteException; 42import android.text.TextUtils; 43import android.util.DisplayMetrics; 44import android.util.Pair; 45import android.view.View; 46import android.widget.Toast; 47 48import java.io.ByteArrayInputStream; 49import java.io.IOException; 50import java.io.InputStream; 51import java.util.ArrayList; 52 53/** 54 * <p> 55 * The contract between the contacts provider and applications. Contains 56 * definitions for the supported URIs and columns. These APIs supersede 57 * {@link Contacts}. 58 * </p> 59 * <h3>Overview</h3> 60 * <p> 61 * ContactsContract defines an extensible database of contact-related 62 * information. Contact information is stored in a three-tier data model: 63 * </p> 64 * <ul> 65 * <li> 66 * A row in the {@link Data} table can store any kind of personal data, such 67 * as a phone number or email addresses. The set of data kinds that can be 68 * stored in this table is open-ended. There is a predefined set of common 69 * kinds, but any application can add its own data kinds. 70 * </li> 71 * <li> 72 * A row in the {@link RawContacts} table represents a set of data describing a 73 * person and associated with a single account (for example, one of the user's 74 * Gmail accounts). 75 * </li> 76 * <li> 77 * A row in the {@link Contacts} table represents an aggregate of one or more 78 * RawContacts presumably describing the same person. When data in or associated with 79 * the RawContacts table is changed, the affected aggregate contacts are updated as 80 * necessary. 81 * </li> 82 * </ul> 83 * <p> 84 * Other tables include: 85 * </p> 86 * <ul> 87 * <li> 88 * {@link Groups}, which contains information about raw contact groups 89 * such as Gmail contact groups. The 90 * current API does not support the notion of groups spanning multiple accounts. 91 * </li> 92 * <li> 93 * {@link StatusUpdates}, which contains social status updates including IM 94 * availability. 95 * </li> 96 * <li> 97 * {@link AggregationExceptions}, which is used for manual aggregation and 98 * disaggregation of raw contacts 99 * </li> 100 * <li> 101 * {@link Settings}, which contains visibility and sync settings for accounts 102 * and groups. 103 * </li> 104 * <li> 105 * {@link SyncState}, which contains free-form data maintained on behalf of sync 106 * adapters 107 * </li> 108 * <li> 109 * {@link PhoneLookup}, which is used for quick caller-ID lookup</li> 110 * </ul> 111 */ 112@SuppressWarnings("unused") 113public final class ContactsContract { 114 /** The authority for the contacts provider */ 115 public static final String AUTHORITY = "com.android.contacts"; 116 /** A content:// style uri to the authority for the contacts provider */ 117 public static final Uri AUTHORITY_URI = Uri.parse("content://" + AUTHORITY); 118 119 /** 120 * An optional URI parameter for insert, update, or delete queries 121 * that allows the caller 122 * to specify that it is a sync adapter. The default value is false. If true 123 * {@link RawContacts#DIRTY} is not automatically set and the 124 * "syncToNetwork" parameter is set to false when calling 125 * {@link 126 * ContentResolver#notifyChange(android.net.Uri, android.database.ContentObserver, boolean)}. 127 * This prevents an unnecessary extra synchronization, see the discussion of 128 * the delete operation in {@link RawContacts}. 129 */ 130 public static final String CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER = "caller_is_syncadapter"; 131 132 /** 133 * Query parameter that should be used by the client to access a specific 134 * {@link Directory}. The parameter value should be the _ID of the corresponding 135 * directory, e.g. 136 * {@code content://com.android.contacts/data/emails/filter/acme?directory=3} 137 */ 138 public static final String DIRECTORY_PARAM_KEY = "directory"; 139 140 /** 141 * A query parameter that limits the number of results returned. The 142 * parameter value should be an integer. 143 */ 144 public static final String LIMIT_PARAM_KEY = "limit"; 145 146 /** 147 * A query parameter specifing a primary account. This parameter should be used with 148 * {@link #PRIMARY_ACCOUNT_TYPE}. The contacts provider handling a query may rely on 149 * this information to optimize its query results. 150 * 151 * For example, in an email composition screen, its implementation can specify an account when 152 * obtaining possible recipients, letting the provider know which account is selected during 153 * the composition. The provider may use the "primary account" information to optimize 154 * the search result. 155 */ 156 public static final String PRIMARY_ACCOUNT_NAME = "name_for_primary_account"; 157 158 /** 159 * A query parameter specifing a primary account. This parameter should be used with 160 * {@link #PRIMARY_ACCOUNT_NAME}. See the doc in {@link #PRIMARY_ACCOUNT_NAME}. 161 */ 162 public static final String PRIMARY_ACCOUNT_TYPE = "type_for_primary_account"; 163 164 /** 165 * A boolean parameter for {@link Contacts#CONTENT_STREQUENT_URI} and 166 * {@link Contacts#CONTENT_STREQUENT_FILTER_URI}, which requires the ContactsProvider to 167 * return only phone-related results. For example, frequently contacted person list should 168 * include persons contacted via phone (not email, sms, etc.) 169 */ 170 public static final String STREQUENT_PHONE_ONLY = "strequent_phone_only"; 171 172 /** 173 * A key to a boolean in the "extras" bundle of the cursor. 174 * The boolean indicates that the provider did not create a snippet and that the client asking 175 * for the snippet should do it (true means the snippeting was deferred to the client). 176 * 177 * @see SearchSnippets 178 */ 179 public static final String DEFERRED_SNIPPETING = "deferred_snippeting"; 180 181 /** 182 * Key to retrieve the original deferred snippeting from the cursor on the client side. 183 * 184 * @see SearchSnippets 185 * @see #DEFERRED_SNIPPETING 186 */ 187 public static final String DEFERRED_SNIPPETING_QUERY = "deferred_snippeting_query"; 188 189 /** 190 * A boolean parameter for {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_URI Phone.CONTENT_URI}, 191 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#CONTENT_URI Email.CONTENT_URI}, and 192 * {@link CommonDataKinds.StructuredPostal#CONTENT_URI StructuredPostal.CONTENT_URI}. 193 * This enables a content provider to remove duplicate entries in results. 194 */ 195 public static final String REMOVE_DUPLICATE_ENTRIES = "remove_duplicate_entries"; 196 197 /** 198 * <p> 199 * API for obtaining a pre-authorized version of a URI that normally requires special 200 * permission (beyond READ_CONTACTS) to read. The caller obtaining the pre-authorized URI 201 * must already have the necessary permissions to access the URI; otherwise a 202 * {@link SecurityException} will be thrown. Unlike {@link Context#grantUriPermission}, 203 * this can be used to grant permissions that aren't explicitly required for the URI inside 204 * AndroidManifest.xml. For example, permissions that are only required when reading URIs 205 * that refer to the user's profile. 206 * </p> 207 * <p> 208 * The authorized URI returned in the bundle contains an expiring token that allows the 209 * caller to execute the query without having the special permissions that would normally 210 * be required. The token expires in five minutes. 211 * </p> 212 * <p> 213 * This API does not access disk, and should be safe to invoke from the UI thread. 214 * </p> 215 * <p> 216 * Example usage: 217 * <pre> 218 * Uri profileUri = ContactsContract.Profile.CONTENT_VCARD_URI; 219 * Bundle uriBundle = new Bundle(); 220 * uriBundle.putParcelable(ContactsContract.Authorization.KEY_URI_TO_AUTHORIZE, uri); 221 * Bundle authResponse = getContext().getContentResolver().call( 222 * ContactsContract.AUTHORITY_URI, 223 * ContactsContract.Authorization.AUTHORIZATION_METHOD, 224 * null, // String arg, not used. 225 * uriBundle); 226 * if (authResponse != null) { 227 * Uri preauthorizedProfileUri = (Uri) authResponse.getParcelable( 228 * ContactsContract.Authorization.KEY_AUTHORIZED_URI); 229 * // This pre-authorized URI can be queried by a caller without READ_PROFILE 230 * // permission. 231 * } 232 * </pre> 233 * </p> 234 * 235 * @hide 236 */ 237 public static final class Authorization { 238 /** 239 * The method to invoke to create a pre-authorized URI out of the input argument. 240 */ 241 public static final String AUTHORIZATION_METHOD = "authorize"; 242 243 /** 244 * The key to set in the outbound Bundle with the URI that should be authorized. 245 */ 246 public static final String KEY_URI_TO_AUTHORIZE = "uri_to_authorize"; 247 248 /** 249 * The key to retrieve from the returned Bundle to obtain the pre-authorized URI. 250 */ 251 public static final String KEY_AUTHORIZED_URI = "authorized_uri"; 252 } 253 254 /** 255 * A Directory represents a contacts corpus, e.g. Local contacts, 256 * Google Apps Global Address List or Corporate Global Address List. 257 * <p> 258 * A Directory is implemented as a content provider with its unique authority and 259 * the same API as the main Contacts Provider. However, there is no expectation that 260 * every directory provider will implement this Contract in its entirety. If a 261 * directory provider does not have an implementation for a specific request, it 262 * should throw an UnsupportedOperationException. 263 * </p> 264 * <p> 265 * The most important use case for Directories is search. A Directory provider is 266 * expected to support at least {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_FILTER_URI 267 * Contacts.CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. If a Directory provider wants to participate 268 * in email and phone lookup functionalities, it should also implement 269 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#CONTENT_FILTER_URI CommonDataKinds.Email.CONTENT_FILTER_URI} 270 * and 271 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_FILTER_URI CommonDataKinds.Phone.CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 272 * </p> 273 * <p> 274 * A directory provider should return NULL for every projection field it does not 275 * recognize, rather than throwing an exception. This way it will not be broken 276 * if ContactsContract is extended with new fields in the future. 277 * </p> 278 * <p> 279 * The client interacts with a directory via Contacts Provider by supplying an 280 * optional {@code directory=} query parameter. 281 * <p> 282 * <p> 283 * When the Contacts Provider receives the request, it transforms the URI and forwards 284 * the request to the corresponding directory content provider. 285 * The URI is transformed in the following fashion: 286 * <ul> 287 * <li>The URI authority is replaced with the corresponding {@link #DIRECTORY_AUTHORITY}.</li> 288 * <li>The {@code accountName=} and {@code accountType=} parameters are added or 289 * replaced using the corresponding {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE} and {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} values.</li> 290 * </ul> 291 * </p> 292 * <p> 293 * Clients should send directory requests to Contacts Provider and let it 294 * forward them to the respective providers rather than constructing 295 * directory provider URIs by themselves. This level of indirection allows 296 * Contacts Provider to implement additional system-level features and 297 * optimizations. Access to Contacts Provider is protected by the 298 * READ_CONTACTS permission, but access to the directory provider is protected by 299 * BIND_DIRECTORY_SEARCH. This permission was introduced at the API level 17, for previous 300 * platform versions the provider should perform the following check to make sure the call 301 * is coming from the ContactsProvider: 302 * <pre> 303 * private boolean isCallerAllowed() { 304 * PackageManager pm = getContext().getPackageManager(); 305 * for (String packageName: pm.getPackagesForUid(Binder.getCallingUid())) { 306 * if (packageName.equals("com.android.providers.contacts")) { 307 * return true; 308 * } 309 * } 310 * return false; 311 * } 312 * </pre> 313 * </p> 314 * <p> 315 * The Directory table is read-only and is maintained by the Contacts Provider 316 * automatically. 317 * </p> 318 * <p>It always has at least these two rows: 319 * <ul> 320 * <li> 321 * The local directory. It has {@link Directory#_ID Directory._ID} = 322 * {@link Directory#DEFAULT Directory.DEFAULT}. This directory can be used to access locally 323 * stored contacts. The same can be achieved by omitting the {@code directory=} 324 * parameter altogether. 325 * </li> 326 * <li> 327 * The local invisible contacts. The corresponding directory ID is 328 * {@link Directory#LOCAL_INVISIBLE Directory.LOCAL_INVISIBLE}. 329 * </li> 330 * </ul> 331 * </p> 332 * <p>Custom Directories are discovered by the Contacts Provider following this procedure: 333 * <ul> 334 * <li>It finds all installed content providers with meta data identifying them 335 * as directory providers in AndroidManifest.xml: 336 * <code> 337 * <meta-data android:name="android.content.ContactDirectory" 338 * android:value="true" /> 339 * </code> 340 * <p> 341 * This tag should be placed inside the corresponding content provider declaration. 342 * </p> 343 * </li> 344 * <li> 345 * Then Contacts Provider sends a {@link Directory#CONTENT_URI Directory.CONTENT_URI} 346 * query to each of the directory authorities. A directory provider must implement 347 * this query and return a list of directories. Each directory returned by 348 * the provider must have a unique combination for the {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} and 349 * {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE} columns (nulls are allowed). Since directory IDs are assigned 350 * automatically, the _ID field will not be part of the query projection. 351 * </li> 352 * <li>Contacts Provider compiles directory lists received from all directory 353 * providers into one, assigns each individual directory a globally unique ID and 354 * stores all directory records in the Directory table. 355 * </li> 356 * </ul> 357 * </p> 358 * <p>Contacts Provider automatically interrogates newly installed or replaced packages. 359 * Thus simply installing a package containing a directory provider is sufficient 360 * to have that provider registered. A package supplying a directory provider does 361 * not have to contain launchable activities. 362 * </p> 363 * <p> 364 * Every row in the Directory table is automatically associated with the corresponding package 365 * (apk). If the package is later uninstalled, all corresponding directory rows 366 * are automatically removed from the Contacts Provider. 367 * </p> 368 * <p> 369 * When the list of directories handled by a directory provider changes 370 * (for instance when the user adds a new Directory account), the directory provider 371 * should call {@link #notifyDirectoryChange} to notify the Contacts Provider of the change. 372 * In response, the Contacts Provider will requery the directory provider to obtain the 373 * new list of directories. 374 * </p> 375 * <p> 376 * A directory row can be optionally associated with an existing account 377 * (see {@link android.accounts.AccountManager}). If the account is later removed, 378 * the corresponding directory rows are automatically removed from the Contacts Provider. 379 * </p> 380 */ 381 public static final class Directory implements BaseColumns { 382 383 /** 384 * Not instantiable. 385 */ 386 private Directory() { 387 } 388 389 /** 390 * The content:// style URI for this table. Requests to this URI can be 391 * performed on the UI thread because they are always unblocking. 392 */ 393 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 394 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "directories"); 395 396 /** 397 * The MIME-type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 398 * contact directories. 399 */ 400 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = 401 "vnd.android.cursor.dir/contact_directories"; 402 403 /** 404 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} item. 405 */ 406 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = 407 "vnd.android.cursor.item/contact_directory"; 408 409 /** 410 * _ID of the default directory, which represents locally stored contacts. 411 */ 412 public static final long DEFAULT = 0; 413 414 /** 415 * _ID of the directory that represents locally stored invisible contacts. 416 */ 417 public static final long LOCAL_INVISIBLE = 1; 418 419 /** 420 * The name of the package that owns this directory. Contacts Provider 421 * fill it in with the name of the package containing the directory provider. 422 * If the package is later uninstalled, the directories it owns are 423 * automatically removed from this table. 424 * 425 * <p>TYPE: TEXT</p> 426 */ 427 public static final String PACKAGE_NAME = "packageName"; 428 429 /** 430 * The type of directory captured as a resource ID in the context of the 431 * package {@link #PACKAGE_NAME}, e.g. "Corporate Directory" 432 * 433 * <p>TYPE: INTEGER</p> 434 */ 435 public static final String TYPE_RESOURCE_ID = "typeResourceId"; 436 437 /** 438 * An optional name that can be used in the UI to represent this directory, 439 * e.g. "Acme Corp" 440 * <p>TYPE: text</p> 441 */ 442 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME = "displayName"; 443 444 /** 445 * <p> 446 * The authority of the Directory Provider. Contacts Provider will 447 * use this authority to forward requests to the directory provider. 448 * A directory provider can leave this column empty - Contacts Provider will fill it in. 449 * </p> 450 * <p> 451 * Clients of this API should not send requests directly to this authority. 452 * All directory requests must be routed through Contacts Provider. 453 * </p> 454 * 455 * <p>TYPE: text</p> 456 */ 457 public static final String DIRECTORY_AUTHORITY = "authority"; 458 459 /** 460 * The account type which this directory is associated. 461 * 462 * <p>TYPE: text</p> 463 */ 464 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "accountType"; 465 466 /** 467 * The account with which this directory is associated. If the account is later 468 * removed, the directories it owns are automatically removed from this table. 469 * 470 * <p>TYPE: text</p> 471 */ 472 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "accountName"; 473 474 /** 475 * One of {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT_NONE}, {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT_ANY_ACCOUNT}, 476 * {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT_SAME_ACCOUNT_ONLY}. This is the expectation the 477 * directory has for data exported from it. Clients must obey this setting. 478 */ 479 public static final String EXPORT_SUPPORT = "exportSupport"; 480 481 /** 482 * An {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 483 * does not allow any data to be copied out of it. 484 */ 485 public static final int EXPORT_SUPPORT_NONE = 0; 486 487 /** 488 * An {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 489 * allow its data copied only to the account specified by 490 * {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE}/{@link #ACCOUNT_NAME}. 491 */ 492 public static final int EXPORT_SUPPORT_SAME_ACCOUNT_ONLY = 1; 493 494 /** 495 * An {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 496 * allow its data copied to any contacts account. 497 */ 498 public static final int EXPORT_SUPPORT_ANY_ACCOUNT = 2; 499 500 /** 501 * One of {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_NONE}, {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_DATA_ITEMS_ONLY}, 502 * {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_FULL}. This is the expectation the directory 503 * has for shortcuts created for its elements. Clients must obey this setting. 504 */ 505 public static final String SHORTCUT_SUPPORT = "shortcutSupport"; 506 507 /** 508 * An {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 509 * does not allow any shortcuts created for its contacts. 510 */ 511 public static final int SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_NONE = 0; 512 513 /** 514 * An {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 515 * allow creation of shortcuts for data items like email, phone or postal address, 516 * but not the entire contact. 517 */ 518 public static final int SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_DATA_ITEMS_ONLY = 1; 519 520 /** 521 * An {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 522 * allow creation of shortcuts for contact as well as their constituent elements. 523 */ 524 public static final int SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_FULL = 2; 525 526 /** 527 * One of {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT_NONE}, {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT_THUMBNAIL_ONLY}, 528 * {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT_FULL}. This is a feature flag indicating the extent 529 * to which the directory supports contact photos. 530 */ 531 public static final String PHOTO_SUPPORT = "photoSupport"; 532 533 /** 534 * An {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 535 * does not provide any photos. 536 */ 537 public static final int PHOTO_SUPPORT_NONE = 0; 538 539 /** 540 * An {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 541 * can only produce small size thumbnails of contact photos. 542 */ 543 public static final int PHOTO_SUPPORT_THUMBNAIL_ONLY = 1; 544 545 /** 546 * An {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 547 * has full-size contact photos, but cannot provide scaled thumbnails. 548 */ 549 public static final int PHOTO_SUPPORT_FULL_SIZE_ONLY = 2; 550 551 /** 552 * An {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 553 * can produce thumbnails as well as full-size contact photos. 554 */ 555 public static final int PHOTO_SUPPORT_FULL = 3; 556 557 /** 558 * Notifies the system of a change in the list of directories handled by 559 * a particular directory provider. The Contacts provider will turn around 560 * and send a query to the directory provider for the full list of directories, 561 * which will replace the previous list. 562 */ 563 public static void notifyDirectoryChange(ContentResolver resolver) { 564 // This is done to trigger a query by Contacts Provider back to the directory provider. 565 // No data needs to be sent back, because the provider can infer the calling 566 // package from binder. 567 ContentValues contentValues = new ContentValues(); 568 resolver.update(Directory.CONTENT_URI, contentValues, null, null); 569 } 570 } 571 572 /** 573 * @hide should be removed when users are updated to refer to SyncState 574 * @deprecated use SyncState instead 575 */ 576 @Deprecated 577 public interface SyncStateColumns extends SyncStateContract.Columns { 578 } 579 580 /** 581 * A table provided for sync adapters to use for storing private sync state data for contacts. 582 * 583 * @see SyncStateContract 584 */ 585 public static final class SyncState implements SyncStateContract.Columns { 586 /** 587 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 588 */ 589 private SyncState() {} 590 591 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = 592 SyncStateContract.Constants.CONTENT_DIRECTORY; 593 594 /** 595 * The content:// style URI for this table 596 */ 597 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 598 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 599 600 /** 601 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#get 602 */ 603 public static byte[] get(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account) 604 throws RemoteException { 605 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.get(provider, CONTENT_URI, account); 606 } 607 608 /** 609 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#get 610 */ 611 public static Pair<Uri, byte[]> getWithUri(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account) 612 throws RemoteException { 613 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.getWithUri(provider, CONTENT_URI, account); 614 } 615 616 /** 617 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#set 618 */ 619 public static void set(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account, byte[] data) 620 throws RemoteException { 621 SyncStateContract.Helpers.set(provider, CONTENT_URI, account, data); 622 } 623 624 /** 625 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#newSetOperation 626 */ 627 public static ContentProviderOperation newSetOperation(Account account, byte[] data) { 628 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.newSetOperation(CONTENT_URI, account, data); 629 } 630 } 631 632 633 /** 634 * A table provided for sync adapters to use for storing private sync state data for the 635 * user's personal profile. 636 * 637 * @see SyncStateContract 638 */ 639 public static final class ProfileSyncState implements SyncStateContract.Columns { 640 /** 641 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 642 */ 643 private ProfileSyncState() {} 644 645 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = 646 SyncStateContract.Constants.CONTENT_DIRECTORY; 647 648 /** 649 * The content:// style URI for this table 650 */ 651 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 652 Uri.withAppendedPath(Profile.CONTENT_URI, CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 653 654 /** 655 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#get 656 */ 657 public static byte[] get(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account) 658 throws RemoteException { 659 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.get(provider, CONTENT_URI, account); 660 } 661 662 /** 663 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#get 664 */ 665 public static Pair<Uri, byte[]> getWithUri(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account) 666 throws RemoteException { 667 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.getWithUri(provider, CONTENT_URI, account); 668 } 669 670 /** 671 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#set 672 */ 673 public static void set(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account, byte[] data) 674 throws RemoteException { 675 SyncStateContract.Helpers.set(provider, CONTENT_URI, account, data); 676 } 677 678 /** 679 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#newSetOperation 680 */ 681 public static ContentProviderOperation newSetOperation(Account account, byte[] data) { 682 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.newSetOperation(CONTENT_URI, account, data); 683 } 684 } 685 686 /** 687 * Generic columns for use by sync adapters. The specific functions of 688 * these columns are private to the sync adapter. Other clients of the API 689 * should not attempt to either read or write this column. 690 * 691 * @see RawContacts 692 * @see Groups 693 */ 694 protected interface BaseSyncColumns { 695 696 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 697 public static final String SYNC1 = "sync1"; 698 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 699 public static final String SYNC2 = "sync2"; 700 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 701 public static final String SYNC3 = "sync3"; 702 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 703 public static final String SYNC4 = "sync4"; 704 } 705 706 /** 707 * Columns that appear when each row of a table belongs to a specific 708 * account, including sync information that an account may need. 709 * 710 * @see RawContacts 711 * @see Groups 712 */ 713 protected interface SyncColumns extends BaseSyncColumns { 714 /** 715 * The name of the account instance to which this row belongs, which when paired with 716 * {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE} identifies a specific account. 717 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 718 */ 719 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "account_name"; 720 721 /** 722 * The type of account to which this row belongs, which when paired with 723 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} identifies a specific account. 724 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 725 */ 726 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "account_type"; 727 728 /** 729 * String that uniquely identifies this row to its source account. 730 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 731 */ 732 public static final String SOURCE_ID = "sourceid"; 733 734 /** 735 * Version number that is updated whenever this row or its related data 736 * changes. 737 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 738 */ 739 public static final String VERSION = "version"; 740 741 /** 742 * Flag indicating that {@link #VERSION} has changed, and this row needs 743 * to be synchronized by its owning account. 744 * <P>Type: INTEGER (boolean)</P> 745 */ 746 public static final String DIRTY = "dirty"; 747 } 748 749 /** 750 * Columns of {@link ContactsContract.Contacts} that track the user's 751 * preferences for, or interactions with, the contact. 752 * 753 * @see Contacts 754 * @see RawContacts 755 * @see ContactsContract.Data 756 * @see PhoneLookup 757 * @see ContactsContract.Contacts.AggregationSuggestions 758 */ 759 protected interface ContactOptionsColumns { 760 /** 761 * The number of times a contact has been contacted 762 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 763 */ 764 public static final String TIMES_CONTACTED = "times_contacted"; 765 766 /** 767 * The last time a contact was contacted. 768 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 769 */ 770 public static final String LAST_TIME_CONTACTED = "last_time_contacted"; 771 772 /** 773 * Is the contact starred? 774 * <P>Type: INTEGER (boolean)</P> 775 */ 776 public static final String STARRED = "starred"; 777 778 /** 779 * The position at which the contact is pinned. If {@link PinnedPositions#UNPINNED}, 780 * the contact is not pinned. Also see {@link PinnedPositions}. 781 * <P>Type: INTEGER </P> 782 */ 783 public static final String PINNED = "pinned"; 784 785 /** 786 * URI for a custom ringtone associated with the contact. If null or missing, 787 * the default ringtone is used. 788 * <P>Type: TEXT (URI to the ringtone)</P> 789 */ 790 public static final String CUSTOM_RINGTONE = "custom_ringtone"; 791 792 /** 793 * Whether the contact should always be sent to voicemail. If missing, 794 * defaults to false. 795 * <P>Type: INTEGER (0 for false, 1 for true)</P> 796 */ 797 public static final String SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL = "send_to_voicemail"; 798 } 799 800 /** 801 * Columns of {@link ContactsContract.Contacts} that refer to intrinsic 802 * properties of the contact, as opposed to the user-specified options 803 * found in {@link ContactOptionsColumns}. 804 * 805 * @see Contacts 806 * @see ContactsContract.Data 807 * @see PhoneLookup 808 * @see ContactsContract.Contacts.AggregationSuggestions 809 */ 810 protected interface ContactsColumns { 811 /** 812 * The display name for the contact. 813 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 814 */ 815 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME = ContactNameColumns.DISPLAY_NAME_PRIMARY; 816 817 /** 818 * Reference to the row in the RawContacts table holding the contact name. 819 * <P>Type: INTEGER REFERENCES raw_contacts(_id)</P> 820 */ 821 public static final String NAME_RAW_CONTACT_ID = "name_raw_contact_id"; 822 823 /** 824 * Reference to the row in the data table holding the photo. A photo can 825 * be referred to either by ID (this field) or by URI (see {@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI} 826 * and {@link #PHOTO_URI}). 827 * If PHOTO_ID is null, consult {@link #PHOTO_URI} or {@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI}, 828 * which is a more generic mechanism for referencing the contact photo, especially for 829 * contacts returned by non-local directories (see {@link Directory}). 830 * 831 * <P>Type: INTEGER REFERENCES data(_id)</P> 832 */ 833 public static final String PHOTO_ID = "photo_id"; 834 835 /** 836 * Photo file ID of the full-size photo. If present, this will be used to populate 837 * {@link #PHOTO_URI}. The ID can also be used with 838 * {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto#CONTENT_URI} to create a URI to the photo. 839 * If this is present, {@link #PHOTO_ID} is also guaranteed to be populated. 840 * 841 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 842 */ 843 public static final String PHOTO_FILE_ID = "photo_file_id"; 844 845 /** 846 * A URI that can be used to retrieve the contact's full-size photo. 847 * If PHOTO_FILE_ID is not null, this will be populated with a URI based off 848 * {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto#CONTENT_URI}. Otherwise, this will 849 * be populated with the same value as {@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI}. 850 * A photo can be referred to either by a URI (this field) or by ID 851 * (see {@link #PHOTO_ID}). If either PHOTO_FILE_ID or PHOTO_ID is not null, 852 * PHOTO_URI and PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI shall not be null (but not necessarily 853 * vice versa). Thus using PHOTO_URI is a more robust method of retrieving 854 * contact photos. 855 * 856 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 857 */ 858 public static final String PHOTO_URI = "photo_uri"; 859 860 /** 861 * A URI that can be used to retrieve a thumbnail of the contact's photo. 862 * A photo can be referred to either by a URI (this field or {@link #PHOTO_URI}) 863 * or by ID (see {@link #PHOTO_ID}). If PHOTO_ID is not null, PHOTO_URI and 864 * PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI shall not be null (but not necessarily vice versa). 865 * If the content provider does not differentiate between full-size photos 866 * and thumbnail photos, PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI and {@link #PHOTO_URI} can contain 867 * the same value, but either both shall be null or both not null. 868 * 869 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 870 */ 871 public static final String PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI = "photo_thumb_uri"; 872 873 /** 874 * Flag that reflects whether the contact exists inside the default directory. 875 * Ie, whether the contact is designed to only be visible outside search. 876 */ 877 public static final String IN_DEFAULT_DIRECTORY = "in_default_directory"; 878 879 /** 880 * Flag that reflects the {@link Groups#GROUP_VISIBLE} state of any 881 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} for this contact. 882 */ 883 public static final String IN_VISIBLE_GROUP = "in_visible_group"; 884 885 /** 886 * Flag that reflects whether this contact represents the user's 887 * personal profile entry. 888 */ 889 public static final String IS_USER_PROFILE = "is_user_profile"; 890 891 /** 892 * An indicator of whether this contact has at least one phone number. "1" if there is 893 * at least one phone number, "0" otherwise. 894 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 895 */ 896 public static final String HAS_PHONE_NUMBER = "has_phone_number"; 897 898 /** 899 * An opaque value that contains hints on how to find the contact if 900 * its row id changed as a result of a sync or aggregation. 901 */ 902 public static final String LOOKUP_KEY = "lookup"; 903 904 /** 905 * Timestamp (milliseconds since epoch) of when this contact was last updated. This 906 * includes updates to all data associated with this contact including raw contacts. Any 907 * modification (including deletes and inserts) of underlying contact data are also 908 * reflected in this timestamp. 909 */ 910 public static final String CONTACT_LAST_UPDATED_TIMESTAMP = 911 "contact_last_updated_timestamp"; 912 } 913 914 /** 915 * @see Contacts 916 */ 917 protected interface ContactStatusColumns { 918 /** 919 * Contact presence status. See {@link StatusUpdates} for individual status 920 * definitions. 921 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 922 */ 923 public static final String CONTACT_PRESENCE = "contact_presence"; 924 925 /** 926 * Contact Chat Capabilities. See {@link StatusUpdates} for individual 927 * definitions. 928 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 929 */ 930 public static final String CONTACT_CHAT_CAPABILITY = "contact_chat_capability"; 931 932 /** 933 * Contact's latest status update. 934 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 935 */ 936 public static final String CONTACT_STATUS = "contact_status"; 937 938 /** 939 * The absolute time in milliseconds when the latest status was 940 * inserted/updated. 941 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 942 */ 943 public static final String CONTACT_STATUS_TIMESTAMP = "contact_status_ts"; 944 945 /** 946 * The package containing resources for this status: label and icon. 947 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 948 */ 949 public static final String CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE = "contact_status_res_package"; 950 951 /** 952 * The resource ID of the label describing the source of contact 953 * status, e.g. "Google Talk". This resource is scoped by the 954 * {@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}. 955 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 956 */ 957 public static final String CONTACT_STATUS_LABEL = "contact_status_label"; 958 959 /** 960 * The resource ID of the icon for the source of contact status. This 961 * resource is scoped by the {@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}. 962 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 963 */ 964 public static final String CONTACT_STATUS_ICON = "contact_status_icon"; 965 } 966 967 /** 968 * Constants for various styles of combining given name, family name etc into 969 * a full name. For example, the western tradition follows the pattern 970 * 'given name' 'middle name' 'family name' with the alternative pattern being 971 * 'family name', 'given name' 'middle name'. The CJK tradition is 972 * 'family name' 'middle name' 'given name', with Japanese favoring a space between 973 * the names and Chinese omitting the space. 974 */ 975 public interface FullNameStyle { 976 public static final int UNDEFINED = 0; 977 public static final int WESTERN = 1; 978 979 /** 980 * Used if the name is written in Hanzi/Kanji/Hanja and we could not determine 981 * which specific language it belongs to: Chinese, Japanese or Korean. 982 */ 983 public static final int CJK = 2; 984 985 public static final int CHINESE = 3; 986 public static final int JAPANESE = 4; 987 public static final int KOREAN = 5; 988 } 989 990 /** 991 * Constants for various styles of capturing the pronunciation of a person's name. 992 */ 993 public interface PhoneticNameStyle { 994 public static final int UNDEFINED = 0; 995 996 /** 997 * Pinyin is a phonetic method of entering Chinese characters. Typically not explicitly 998 * shown in UIs, but used for searches and sorting. 999 */ 1000 public static final int PINYIN = 3; 1001 1002 /** 1003 * Hiragana and Katakana are two common styles of writing out the pronunciation 1004 * of a Japanese names. 1005 */ 1006 public static final int JAPANESE = 4; 1007 1008 /** 1009 * Hangul is the Korean phonetic alphabet. 1010 */ 1011 public static final int KOREAN = 5; 1012 } 1013 1014 /** 1015 * Types of data used to produce the display name for a contact. In the order 1016 * of increasing priority: {@link #EMAIL}, {@link #PHONE}, 1017 * {@link #ORGANIZATION}, {@link #NICKNAME}, {@link #STRUCTURED_PHONETIC_NAME}, 1018 * {@link #STRUCTURED_NAME}. 1019 */ 1020 public interface DisplayNameSources { 1021 public static final int UNDEFINED = 0; 1022 public static final int EMAIL = 10; 1023 public static final int PHONE = 20; 1024 public static final int ORGANIZATION = 30; 1025 public static final int NICKNAME = 35; 1026 /** Display name comes from a structured name that only has phonetic components. */ 1027 public static final int STRUCTURED_PHONETIC_NAME = 37; 1028 public static final int STRUCTURED_NAME = 40; 1029 } 1030 1031 /** 1032 * Contact name and contact name metadata columns in the RawContacts table. 1033 * 1034 * @see Contacts 1035 * @see RawContacts 1036 */ 1037 protected interface ContactNameColumns { 1038 1039 /** 1040 * The kind of data that is used as the display name for the contact, such as 1041 * structured name or email address. See {@link DisplayNameSources}. 1042 */ 1043 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME_SOURCE = "display_name_source"; 1044 1045 /** 1046 * <p> 1047 * The standard text shown as the contact's display name, based on the best 1048 * available information for the contact (for example, it might be the email address 1049 * if the name is not available). 1050 * The information actually used to compute the name is stored in 1051 * {@link #DISPLAY_NAME_SOURCE}. 1052 * </p> 1053 * <p> 1054 * A contacts provider is free to choose whatever representation makes most 1055 * sense for its target market. 1056 * For example in the default Android Open Source Project implementation, 1057 * if the display name is 1058 * based on the structured name and the structured name follows 1059 * the Western full-name style, then this field contains the "given name first" 1060 * version of the full name. 1061 * <p> 1062 * 1063 * @see ContactsContract.ContactNameColumns#DISPLAY_NAME_ALTERNATIVE 1064 */ 1065 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME_PRIMARY = "display_name"; 1066 1067 /** 1068 * <p> 1069 * An alternative representation of the display name, such as "family name first" 1070 * instead of "given name first" for Western names. If an alternative is not 1071 * available, the values should be the same as {@link #DISPLAY_NAME_PRIMARY}. 1072 * </p> 1073 * <p> 1074 * A contacts provider is free to provide alternatives as necessary for 1075 * its target market. 1076 * For example the default Android Open Source Project contacts provider 1077 * currently provides an 1078 * alternative in a single case: if the display name is 1079 * based on the structured name and the structured name follows 1080 * the Western full name style, then the field contains the "family name first" 1081 * version of the full name. 1082 * Other cases may be added later. 1083 * </p> 1084 */ 1085 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME_ALTERNATIVE = "display_name_alt"; 1086 1087 /** 1088 * The phonetic alphabet used to represent the {@link #PHONETIC_NAME}. See 1089 * {@link PhoneticNameStyle}. 1090 */ 1091 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME_STYLE = "phonetic_name_style"; 1092 1093 /** 1094 * <p> 1095 * Pronunciation of the full name in the phonetic alphabet specified by 1096 * {@link #PHONETIC_NAME_STYLE}. 1097 * </p> 1098 * <p> 1099 * The value may be set manually by the user. This capability is of 1100 * interest only in countries with commonly used phonetic alphabets, 1101 * such as Japan and Korea. See {@link PhoneticNameStyle}. 1102 * </p> 1103 */ 1104 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME = "phonetic_name"; 1105 1106 /** 1107 * Sort key that takes into account locale-based traditions for sorting 1108 * names in address books. The default 1109 * sort key is {@link #DISPLAY_NAME_PRIMARY}. For Chinese names 1110 * the sort key is the name's Pinyin spelling, and for Japanese names 1111 * it is the Hiragana version of the phonetic name. 1112 */ 1113 public static final String SORT_KEY_PRIMARY = "sort_key"; 1114 1115 /** 1116 * Sort key based on the alternative representation of the full name, 1117 * {@link #DISPLAY_NAME_ALTERNATIVE}. Thus for Western names, 1118 * it is the one using the "family name first" format. 1119 */ 1120 public static final String SORT_KEY_ALTERNATIVE = "sort_key_alt"; 1121 } 1122 1123 interface ContactCounts { 1124 1125 /** 1126 * Add this query parameter to a URI to get back row counts grouped by the address book 1127 * index as cursor extras. For most languages it is the first letter of the sort key. This 1128 * parameter does not affect the main content of the cursor. 1129 * 1130 * <p> 1131 * <pre> 1132 * Example: 1133 * 1134 * import android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts; 1135 * 1136 * Uri uri = Contacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon() 1137 * .appendQueryParameter(Contacts.EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX, "true") 1138 * .build(); 1139 * Cursor cursor = getContentResolver().query(uri, 1140 * new String[] {Contacts.DISPLAY_NAME}, 1141 * null, null, null); 1142 * Bundle bundle = cursor.getExtras(); 1143 * if (bundle.containsKey(Contacts.EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_TITLES) && 1144 * bundle.containsKey(Contacts.EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_COUNTS)) { 1145 * String sections[] = 1146 * bundle.getStringArray(Contacts.EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_TITLES); 1147 * int counts[] = bundle.getIntArray(Contacts.EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_COUNTS); 1148 * } 1149 * </pre> 1150 * </p> 1151 */ 1152 public static final String EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX = 1153 "android.provider.extra.ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX"; 1154 1155 /** 1156 * The array of address book index titles, which are returned in the 1157 * same order as the data in the cursor. 1158 * <p>TYPE: String[]</p> 1159 */ 1160 public static final String EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_TITLES = 1161 "android.provider.extra.ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_TITLES"; 1162 1163 /** 1164 * The array of group counts for the corresponding group. Contains the same number 1165 * of elements as the EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_TITLES array. 1166 * <p>TYPE: int[]</p> 1167 */ 1168 public static final String EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_COUNTS = 1169 "android.provider.extra.ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_COUNTS"; 1170 } 1171 1172 /** 1173 * Constants for the contacts table, which contains a record per aggregate 1174 * of raw contacts representing the same person. 1175 * <h3>Operations</h3> 1176 * <dl> 1177 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 1178 * <dd>A Contact cannot be created explicitly. When a raw contact is 1179 * inserted, the provider will first try to find a Contact representing the 1180 * same person. If one is found, the raw contact's 1181 * {@link RawContacts#CONTACT_ID} column gets the _ID of the aggregate 1182 * Contact. If no match is found, the provider automatically inserts a new 1183 * Contact and puts its _ID into the {@link RawContacts#CONTACT_ID} column 1184 * of the newly inserted raw contact.</dd> 1185 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 1186 * <dd>Only certain columns of Contact are modifiable: 1187 * {@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}, {@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}, {@link #STARRED}, 1188 * {@link #CUSTOM_RINGTONE}, {@link #SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL}. Changing any of 1189 * these columns on the Contact also changes them on all constituent raw 1190 * contacts.</dd> 1191 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 1192 * <dd>Be careful with deleting Contacts! Deleting an aggregate contact 1193 * deletes all constituent raw contacts. The corresponding sync adapters 1194 * will notice the deletions of their respective raw contacts and remove 1195 * them from their back end storage.</dd> 1196 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 1197 * <dd> 1198 * <ul> 1199 * <li>If you need to read an individual contact, consider using 1200 * {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} instead of {@link #CONTENT_URI}.</li> 1201 * <li>If you need to look up a contact by the phone number, use 1202 * {@link PhoneLookup#CONTENT_FILTER_URI PhoneLookup.CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, 1203 * which is optimized for this purpose.</li> 1204 * <li>If you need to look up a contact by partial name, e.g. to produce 1205 * filter-as-you-type suggestions, use the {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI} URI. 1206 * <li>If you need to look up a contact by some data element like email 1207 * address, nickname, etc, use a query against the {@link ContactsContract.Data} table. 1208 * The result will contain contact ID, name etc. 1209 * </ul> 1210 * </dd> 1211 * </dl> 1212 * <h2>Columns</h2> 1213 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 1214 * <tr> 1215 * <th colspan='4'>Contacts</th> 1216 * </tr> 1217 * <tr> 1218 * <td>long</td> 1219 * <td>{@link #_ID}</td> 1220 * <td>read-only</td> 1221 * <td>Row ID. Consider using {@link #LOOKUP_KEY} instead.</td> 1222 * </tr> 1223 * <tr> 1224 * <td>String</td> 1225 * <td>{@link #LOOKUP_KEY}</td> 1226 * <td>read-only</td> 1227 * <td>An opaque value that contains hints on how to find the contact if its 1228 * row id changed as a result of a sync or aggregation.</td> 1229 * </tr> 1230 * <tr> 1231 * <td>long</td> 1232 * <td>NAME_RAW_CONTACT_ID</td> 1233 * <td>read-only</td> 1234 * <td>The ID of the raw contact that contributes the display name 1235 * to the aggregate contact. During aggregation one of the constituent 1236 * raw contacts is chosen using a heuristic: a longer name or a name 1237 * with more diacritic marks or more upper case characters is chosen.</td> 1238 * </tr> 1239 * <tr> 1240 * <td>String</td> 1241 * <td>DISPLAY_NAME_PRIMARY</td> 1242 * <td>read-only</td> 1243 * <td>The display name for the contact. It is the display name 1244 * contributed by the raw contact referred to by the NAME_RAW_CONTACT_ID 1245 * column.</td> 1246 * </tr> 1247 * <tr> 1248 * <td>long</td> 1249 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_ID}</td> 1250 * <td>read-only</td> 1251 * <td>Reference to the row in the {@link ContactsContract.Data} table holding the photo. 1252 * That row has the mime type 1253 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Photo#CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}. The value of this field 1254 * is computed automatically based on the 1255 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Photo#IS_SUPER_PRIMARY} field of the data rows of 1256 * that mime type.</td> 1257 * </tr> 1258 * <tr> 1259 * <td>long</td> 1260 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_URI}</td> 1261 * <td>read-only</td> 1262 * <td>A URI that can be used to retrieve the contact's full-size photo. This 1263 * column is the preferred method of retrieving the contact photo.</td> 1264 * </tr> 1265 * <tr> 1266 * <td>long</td> 1267 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI}</td> 1268 * <td>read-only</td> 1269 * <td>A URI that can be used to retrieve the thumbnail of contact's photo. This 1270 * column is the preferred method of retrieving the contact photo.</td> 1271 * </tr> 1272 * <tr> 1273 * <td>int</td> 1274 * <td>{@link #IN_VISIBLE_GROUP}</td> 1275 * <td>read-only</td> 1276 * <td>An indicator of whether this contact is supposed to be visible in the 1277 * UI. "1" if the contact has at least one raw contact that belongs to a 1278 * visible group; "0" otherwise.</td> 1279 * </tr> 1280 * <tr> 1281 * <td>int</td> 1282 * <td>{@link #HAS_PHONE_NUMBER}</td> 1283 * <td>read-only</td> 1284 * <td>An indicator of whether this contact has at least one phone number. 1285 * "1" if there is at least one phone number, "0" otherwise.</td> 1286 * </tr> 1287 * <tr> 1288 * <td>int</td> 1289 * <td>{@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}</td> 1290 * <td>read/write</td> 1291 * <td>The number of times the contact has been contacted. See 1292 * {@link #markAsContacted}. When raw contacts are aggregated, this field is 1293 * computed automatically as the maximum number of times contacted among all 1294 * constituent raw contacts. Setting this field automatically changes the 1295 * corresponding field on all constituent raw contacts.</td> 1296 * </tr> 1297 * <tr> 1298 * <td>long</td> 1299 * <td>{@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}</td> 1300 * <td>read/write</td> 1301 * <td>The timestamp of the last time the contact was contacted. See 1302 * {@link #markAsContacted}. Setting this field also automatically 1303 * increments {@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}. When raw contacts are aggregated, 1304 * this field is computed automatically as the latest time contacted of all 1305 * constituent raw contacts. Setting this field automatically changes the 1306 * corresponding field on all constituent raw contacts.</td> 1307 * </tr> 1308 * <tr> 1309 * <td>int</td> 1310 * <td>{@link #STARRED}</td> 1311 * <td>read/write</td> 1312 * <td>An indicator for favorite contacts: '1' if favorite, '0' otherwise. 1313 * When raw contacts are aggregated, this field is automatically computed: 1314 * if any constituent raw contacts are starred, then this field is set to 1315 * '1'. Setting this field automatically changes the corresponding field on 1316 * all constituent raw contacts.</td> 1317 * </tr> 1318 * <tr> 1319 * <td>String</td> 1320 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_RINGTONE}</td> 1321 * <td>read/write</td> 1322 * <td>A custom ringtone associated with a contact. Typically this is the 1323 * URI returned by an activity launched with the 1324 * {@link android.media.RingtoneManager#ACTION_RINGTONE_PICKER} intent.</td> 1325 * </tr> 1326 * <tr> 1327 * <td>int</td> 1328 * <td>{@link #SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL}</td> 1329 * <td>read/write</td> 1330 * <td>An indicator of whether calls from this contact should be forwarded 1331 * directly to voice mail ('1') or not ('0'). When raw contacts are 1332 * aggregated, this field is automatically computed: if <i>all</i> 1333 * constituent raw contacts have SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL=1, then this field is set 1334 * to '1'. Setting this field automatically changes the corresponding field 1335 * on all constituent raw contacts.</td> 1336 * </tr> 1337 * <tr> 1338 * <td>int</td> 1339 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_PRESENCE}</td> 1340 * <td>read-only</td> 1341 * <td>Contact IM presence status. See {@link StatusUpdates} for individual 1342 * status definitions. Automatically computed as the highest presence of all 1343 * constituent raw contacts. The provider may choose not to store this value 1344 * in persistent storage. The expectation is that presence status will be 1345 * updated on a regular basis.</td> 1346 * </tr> 1347 * <tr> 1348 * <td>String</td> 1349 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS}</td> 1350 * <td>read-only</td> 1351 * <td>Contact's latest status update. Automatically computed as the latest 1352 * of all constituent raw contacts' status updates.</td> 1353 * </tr> 1354 * <tr> 1355 * <td>long</td> 1356 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_TIMESTAMP}</td> 1357 * <td>read-only</td> 1358 * <td>The absolute time in milliseconds when the latest status was 1359 * inserted/updated.</td> 1360 * </tr> 1361 * <tr> 1362 * <td>String</td> 1363 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}</td> 1364 * <td>read-only</td> 1365 * <td> The package containing resources for this status: label and icon.</td> 1366 * </tr> 1367 * <tr> 1368 * <td>long</td> 1369 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_LABEL}</td> 1370 * <td>read-only</td> 1371 * <td>The resource ID of the label describing the source of contact status, 1372 * e.g. "Google Talk". This resource is scoped by the 1373 * {@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 1374 * </tr> 1375 * <tr> 1376 * <td>long</td> 1377 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_ICON}</td> 1378 * <td>read-only</td> 1379 * <td>The resource ID of the icon for the source of contact status. This 1380 * resource is scoped by the {@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 1381 * </tr> 1382 * </table> 1383 */ 1384 public static class Contacts implements BaseColumns, ContactsColumns, 1385 ContactOptionsColumns, ContactNameColumns, ContactStatusColumns, ContactCounts { 1386 /** 1387 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 1388 */ 1389 private Contacts() {} 1390 1391 /** 1392 * The content:// style URI for this table 1393 */ 1394 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "contacts"); 1395 1396 /** 1397 * Special contacts URI to refer to contacts on the corp profile from the personal 1398 * profile. 1399 * 1400 * It's supported only by a few specific places for referring to contact pictures that 1401 * are in the corp provider for enterprise caller-ID. Contact picture URIs returned from 1402 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI} may contain this kind of URI. 1403 * 1404 * @hide 1405 */ 1406 public static final Uri CORP_CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 1407 "contacts_corp"); 1408 1409 /** 1410 * A content:// style URI for this table that should be used to create 1411 * shortcuts or otherwise create long-term links to contacts. This URI 1412 * should always be followed by a "/" and the contact's {@link #LOOKUP_KEY}. 1413 * It can optionally also have a "/" and last known contact ID appended after 1414 * that. This "complete" format is an important optimization and is highly recommended. 1415 * <p> 1416 * As long as the contact's row ID remains the same, this URI is 1417 * equivalent to {@link #CONTENT_URI}. If the contact's row ID changes 1418 * as a result of a sync or aggregation, this URI will look up the 1419 * contact using indirect information (sync IDs or constituent raw 1420 * contacts). 1421 * <p> 1422 * Lookup key should be appended unencoded - it is stored in the encoded 1423 * form, ready for use in a URI. 1424 */ 1425 public static final Uri CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 1426 "lookup"); 1427 1428 /** 1429 * Base {@link Uri} for referencing a single {@link Contacts} entry, 1430 * created by appending {@link #LOOKUP_KEY} using 1431 * {@link Uri#withAppendedPath(Uri, String)}. Provides 1432 * {@link OpenableColumns} columns when queried, or returns the 1433 * referenced contact formatted as a vCard when opened through 1434 * {@link ContentResolver#openAssetFileDescriptor(Uri, String)}. 1435 */ 1436 public static final Uri CONTENT_VCARD_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 1437 "as_vcard"); 1438 1439 /** 1440 * Boolean parameter that may be used with {@link #CONTENT_VCARD_URI} 1441 * and {@link #CONTENT_MULTI_VCARD_URI} to indicate that the returned 1442 * vcard should not contain a photo. 1443 * 1444 * This is useful for obtaining a space efficient vcard. 1445 */ 1446 public static final String QUERY_PARAMETER_VCARD_NO_PHOTO = "no_photo"; 1447 1448 /** 1449 * Base {@link Uri} for referencing multiple {@link Contacts} entry, 1450 * created by appending {@link #LOOKUP_KEY} using 1451 * {@link Uri#withAppendedPath(Uri, String)}. The lookup keys have to be 1452 * joined with the colon (":") separator, and the resulting string encoded. 1453 * 1454 * Provides {@link OpenableColumns} columns when queried, or returns the 1455 * referenced contact formatted as a vCard when opened through 1456 * {@link ContentResolver#openAssetFileDescriptor(Uri, String)}. 1457 * 1458 * <p> 1459 * Usage example: 1460 * <dl> 1461 * <dt>The following code snippet creates a multi-vcard URI that references all the 1462 * contacts in a user's database.</dt> 1463 * <dd> 1464 * 1465 * <pre> 1466 * public Uri getAllContactsVcardUri() { 1467 * Cursor cursor = getActivity().getContentResolver().query(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, 1468 * new String[] {Contacts.LOOKUP_KEY}, null, null, null); 1469 * if (cursor == null) { 1470 * return null; 1471 * } 1472 * try { 1473 * StringBuilder uriListBuilder = new StringBuilder(); 1474 * int index = 0; 1475 * while (cursor.moveToNext()) { 1476 * if (index != 0) uriListBuilder.append(':'); 1477 * uriListBuilder.append(cursor.getString(0)); 1478 * index++; 1479 * } 1480 * return Uri.withAppendedPath(Contacts.CONTENT_MULTI_VCARD_URI, 1481 * Uri.encode(uriListBuilder.toString())); 1482 * } finally { 1483 * cursor.close(); 1484 * } 1485 * } 1486 * </pre> 1487 * 1488 * </p> 1489 */ 1490 public static final Uri CONTENT_MULTI_VCARD_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 1491 "as_multi_vcard"); 1492 1493 /** 1494 * Builds a {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} style {@link Uri} describing the 1495 * requested {@link Contacts} entry. 1496 * 1497 * @param contactUri A {@link #CONTENT_URI} row, or an existing 1498 * {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} to attempt refreshing. 1499 */ 1500 public static Uri getLookupUri(ContentResolver resolver, Uri contactUri) { 1501 final Cursor c = resolver.query(contactUri, new String[] { 1502 Contacts.LOOKUP_KEY, Contacts._ID 1503 }, null, null, null); 1504 if (c == null) { 1505 return null; 1506 } 1507 1508 try { 1509 if (c.moveToFirst()) { 1510 final String lookupKey = c.getString(0); 1511 final long contactId = c.getLong(1); 1512 return getLookupUri(contactId, lookupKey); 1513 } 1514 } finally { 1515 c.close(); 1516 } 1517 return null; 1518 } 1519 1520 /** 1521 * Build a {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} lookup {@link Uri} using the 1522 * given {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#_ID} and {@link #LOOKUP_KEY}. 1523 * <p> 1524 * Returns null if unable to construct a valid lookup URI from the 1525 * provided parameters. 1526 */ 1527 public static Uri getLookupUri(long contactId, String lookupKey) { 1528 if (TextUtils.isEmpty(lookupKey)) { 1529 return null; 1530 } 1531 return ContentUris.withAppendedId(Uri.withAppendedPath(Contacts.CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI, 1532 lookupKey), contactId); 1533 } 1534 1535 /** 1536 * Computes a content URI (see {@link #CONTENT_URI}) given a lookup URI. 1537 * <p> 1538 * Returns null if the contact cannot be found. 1539 */ 1540 public static Uri lookupContact(ContentResolver resolver, Uri lookupUri) { 1541 if (lookupUri == null) { 1542 return null; 1543 } 1544 1545 Cursor c = resolver.query(lookupUri, new String[]{Contacts._ID}, null, null, null); 1546 if (c == null) { 1547 return null; 1548 } 1549 1550 try { 1551 if (c.moveToFirst()) { 1552 long contactId = c.getLong(0); 1553 return ContentUris.withAppendedId(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, contactId); 1554 } 1555 } finally { 1556 c.close(); 1557 } 1558 return null; 1559 } 1560 1561 /** 1562 * Mark a contact as having been contacted. Updates two fields: 1563 * {@link #TIMES_CONTACTED} and {@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}. The 1564 * TIMES_CONTACTED field is incremented by 1 and the LAST_TIME_CONTACTED 1565 * field is populated with the current system time. 1566 * 1567 * @param resolver the ContentResolver to use 1568 * @param contactId the person who was contacted 1569 * 1570 * @deprecated The class DataUsageStatUpdater of the Android support library should 1571 * be used instead. 1572 */ 1573 @Deprecated 1574 public static void markAsContacted(ContentResolver resolver, long contactId) { 1575 Uri uri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(CONTENT_URI, contactId); 1576 ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 1577 // TIMES_CONTACTED will be incremented when LAST_TIME_CONTACTED is modified. 1578 values.put(LAST_TIME_CONTACTED, System.currentTimeMillis()); 1579 resolver.update(uri, values, null, null); 1580 } 1581 1582 /** 1583 * The content:// style URI used for "type-to-filter" functionality on the 1584 * {@link #CONTENT_URI} URI. The filter string will be used to match 1585 * various parts of the contact name. The filter argument should be passed 1586 * as an additional path segment after this URI. 1587 */ 1588 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1589 CONTENT_URI, "filter"); 1590 1591 /** 1592 * The content:// style URI for this table joined with useful data from 1593 * {@link ContactsContract.Data}, filtered to include only starred contacts 1594 * and the most frequently contacted contacts. 1595 */ 1596 public static final Uri CONTENT_STREQUENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1597 CONTENT_URI, "strequent"); 1598 1599 /** 1600 * The content:// style URI for showing a list of frequently contacted people. 1601 */ 1602 public static final Uri CONTENT_FREQUENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1603 CONTENT_URI, "frequent"); 1604 1605 /** 1606 * The content:// style URI used for "type-to-filter" functionality on the 1607 * {@link #CONTENT_STREQUENT_URI} URI. The filter string will be used to match 1608 * various parts of the contact name. The filter argument should be passed 1609 * as an additional path segment after this URI. 1610 */ 1611 public static final Uri CONTENT_STREQUENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1612 CONTENT_STREQUENT_URI, "filter"); 1613 1614 public static final Uri CONTENT_GROUP_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1615 CONTENT_URI, "group"); 1616 1617 /** 1618 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 1619 * people. 1620 */ 1621 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/contact"; 1622 1623 /** 1624 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of a single 1625 * person. 1626 */ 1627 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/contact"; 1628 1629 /** 1630 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of a single 1631 * person. 1632 */ 1633 public static final String CONTENT_VCARD_TYPE = "text/x-vcard"; 1634 1635 /** 1636 * Mimimal ID for corp contacts returned from 1637 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 1638 * 1639 * @hide 1640 */ 1641 public static long ENTERPRISE_CONTACT_ID_BASE = 1000000000; // slightly smaller than 2 ** 30 1642 1643 /** 1644 * Prefix for corp contacts returned from 1645 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 1646 * 1647 * @hide 1648 */ 1649 public static String ENTERPRISE_CONTACT_LOOKUP_PREFIX = "c-"; 1650 1651 /** 1652 * Return TRUE if a contact ID is from the contacts provider on the enterprise profile. 1653 * 1654 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI} may return such a contact. 1655 */ 1656 public static boolean isEnterpriseContactId(long contactId) { 1657 return (contactId >= ENTERPRISE_CONTACT_ID_BASE) && (contactId < Profile.MIN_ID); 1658 } 1659 1660 /** 1661 * A sub-directory of a single contact that contains all of the constituent raw contact 1662 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows. This directory can be used either 1663 * with a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI}. 1664 */ 1665 public static final class Data implements BaseColumns, DataColumns { 1666 /** 1667 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 1668 */ 1669 private Data() {} 1670 1671 /** 1672 * The directory twig for this sub-table 1673 */ 1674 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "data"; 1675 } 1676 1677 /** 1678 * <p> 1679 * A sub-directory of a contact that contains all of its 1680 * {@link ContactsContract.RawContacts} as well as 1681 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows. To access this directory append 1682 * {@link #CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to the contact URI. 1683 * </p> 1684 * <p> 1685 * Entity has three ID fields: {@link #CONTACT_ID} for the contact, 1686 * {@link #RAW_CONTACT_ID} for the raw contact and {@link #DATA_ID} for 1687 * the data rows. Entity always contains at least one row per 1688 * constituent raw contact, even if there are no actual data rows. In 1689 * this case the {@link #DATA_ID} field will be null. 1690 * </p> 1691 * <p> 1692 * Entity reads all data for the entire contact in one transaction, to 1693 * guarantee consistency. There is significant data duplication 1694 * in the Entity (each row repeats all Contact columns and all RawContact 1695 * columns), so the benefits of transactional consistency should be weighed 1696 * against the cost of transferring large amounts of denormalized data 1697 * from the Provider. 1698 * </p> 1699 * <p> 1700 * To reduce the amount of data duplication the contacts provider and directory 1701 * providers implementing this protocol are allowed to provide common Contacts 1702 * and RawContacts fields in the first row returned for each raw contact only and 1703 * leave them as null in subsequent rows. 1704 * </p> 1705 */ 1706 public static final class Entity implements BaseColumns, ContactsColumns, 1707 ContactNameColumns, RawContactsColumns, BaseSyncColumns, SyncColumns, DataColumns, 1708 StatusColumns, ContactOptionsColumns, ContactStatusColumns, DataUsageStatColumns { 1709 /** 1710 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 1711 */ 1712 private Entity() { 1713 } 1714 1715 /** 1716 * The directory twig for this sub-table 1717 */ 1718 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "entities"; 1719 1720 /** 1721 * The ID of the raw contact row. 1722 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 1723 */ 1724 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_ID = "raw_contact_id"; 1725 1726 /** 1727 * The ID of the data row. The value will be null if this raw contact has no 1728 * data rows. 1729 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 1730 */ 1731 public static final String DATA_ID = "data_id"; 1732 } 1733 1734 /** 1735 * <p> 1736 * A sub-directory of a single contact that contains all of the constituent raw contact 1737 * {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems} rows. This directory can be used either 1738 * with a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI}. 1739 * </p> 1740 * <p> 1741 * Querying for social stream data requires android.permission.READ_SOCIAL_STREAM 1742 * permission. 1743 * </p> 1744 * 1745 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 1746 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 1747 * 1748 * @hide 1749 * @removed 1750 */ 1751 @Deprecated 1752 public static final class StreamItems implements StreamItemsColumns { 1753 /** 1754 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 1755 * 1756 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 1757 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 1758 */ 1759 @Deprecated 1760 private StreamItems() {} 1761 1762 /** 1763 * The directory twig for this sub-table 1764 * 1765 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 1766 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 1767 */ 1768 @Deprecated 1769 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "stream_items"; 1770 } 1771 1772 /** 1773 * <p> 1774 * A <i>read-only</i> sub-directory of a single contact aggregate that 1775 * contains all aggregation suggestions (other contacts). The 1776 * aggregation suggestions are computed based on approximate data 1777 * matches with this contact. 1778 * </p> 1779 * <p> 1780 * <i>Note: this query may be expensive! If you need to use it in bulk, 1781 * make sure the user experience is acceptable when the query runs for a 1782 * long time.</i> 1783 * <p> 1784 * Usage example: 1785 * 1786 * <pre> 1787 * Uri uri = Contacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon() 1788 * .appendEncodedPath(String.valueOf(contactId)) 1789 * .appendPath(Contacts.AggregationSuggestions.CONTENT_DIRECTORY) 1790 * .appendQueryParameter("limit", "3") 1791 * .build() 1792 * Cursor cursor = getContentResolver().query(suggestionsUri, 1793 * new String[] {Contacts.DISPLAY_NAME, Contacts._ID, Contacts.LOOKUP_KEY}, 1794 * null, null, null); 1795 * </pre> 1796 * 1797 * </p> 1798 * <p> 1799 * This directory can be used either with a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or 1800 * {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI}. 1801 * </p> 1802 */ 1803 public static final class AggregationSuggestions implements BaseColumns, ContactsColumns, 1804 ContactOptionsColumns, ContactStatusColumns { 1805 /** 1806 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 1807 */ 1808 private AggregationSuggestions() {} 1809 1810 /** 1811 * The directory twig for this sub-table. The URI can be followed by an optional 1812 * type-to-filter, similar to 1813 * {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 1814 */ 1815 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "suggestions"; 1816 1817 /** 1818 * Used to specify what kind of data is supplied for the suggestion query. 1819 * 1820 * @hide 1821 */ 1822 public static final String PARAMETER_MATCH_NAME = "name"; 1823 1824 /** 1825 * A convenience builder for aggregation suggestion content URIs. 1826 */ 1827 public static final class Builder { 1828 private long mContactId; 1829 private final ArrayList<String> mValues = new ArrayList<String>(); 1830 private int mLimit; 1831 1832 /** 1833 * Optional existing contact ID. If it is not provided, the search 1834 * will be based exclusively on the values supplied with {@link #addNameParameter}. 1835 * 1836 * @param contactId contact to find aggregation suggestions for 1837 * @return This Builder object to allow for chaining of calls to builder methods 1838 */ 1839 public Builder setContactId(long contactId) { 1840 this.mContactId = contactId; 1841 return this; 1842 } 1843 1844 /** 1845 * Add a name to be used when searching for aggregation suggestions. 1846 * 1847 * @param name name to find aggregation suggestions for 1848 * @return This Builder object to allow for chaining of calls to builder methods 1849 */ 1850 public Builder addNameParameter(String name) { 1851 mValues.add(name); 1852 return this; 1853 } 1854 1855 /** 1856 * Sets the Maximum number of suggested aggregations that should be returned. 1857 * @param limit The maximum number of suggested aggregations 1858 * 1859 * @return This Builder object to allow for chaining of calls to builder methods 1860 */ 1861 public Builder setLimit(int limit) { 1862 mLimit = limit; 1863 return this; 1864 } 1865 1866 /** 1867 * Combine all of the options that have been set and return a new {@link Uri} 1868 * object for fetching aggregation suggestions. 1869 */ 1870 public Uri build() { 1871 android.net.Uri.Builder builder = Contacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 1872 builder.appendEncodedPath(String.valueOf(mContactId)); 1873 builder.appendPath(Contacts.AggregationSuggestions.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 1874 if (mLimit != 0) { 1875 builder.appendQueryParameter("limit", String.valueOf(mLimit)); 1876 } 1877 1878 int count = mValues.size(); 1879 for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) { 1880 builder.appendQueryParameter("query", PARAMETER_MATCH_NAME 1881 + ":" + mValues.get(i)); 1882 } 1883 1884 return builder.build(); 1885 } 1886 } 1887 1888 /** 1889 * @hide 1890 */ 1891 public static final Builder builder() { 1892 return new Builder(); 1893 } 1894 } 1895 1896 /** 1897 * A <i>read-only</i> sub-directory of a single contact that contains 1898 * the contact's primary photo. The photo may be stored in up to two ways - 1899 * the default "photo" is a thumbnail-sized image stored directly in the data 1900 * row, while the "display photo", if present, is a larger version stored as 1901 * a file. 1902 * <p> 1903 * Usage example: 1904 * <dl> 1905 * <dt>Retrieving the thumbnail-sized photo</dt> 1906 * <dd> 1907 * <pre> 1908 * public InputStream openPhoto(long contactId) { 1909 * Uri contactUri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, contactId); 1910 * Uri photoUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(contactUri, Contacts.Photo.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 1911 * Cursor cursor = getContentResolver().query(photoUri, 1912 * new String[] {Contacts.Photo.PHOTO}, null, null, null); 1913 * if (cursor == null) { 1914 * return null; 1915 * } 1916 * try { 1917 * if (cursor.moveToFirst()) { 1918 * byte[] data = cursor.getBlob(0); 1919 * if (data != null) { 1920 * return new ByteArrayInputStream(data); 1921 * } 1922 * } 1923 * } finally { 1924 * cursor.close(); 1925 * } 1926 * return null; 1927 * } 1928 * </pre> 1929 * </dd> 1930 * <dt>Retrieving the larger photo version</dt> 1931 * <dd> 1932 * <pre> 1933 * public InputStream openDisplayPhoto(long contactId) { 1934 * Uri contactUri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, contactId); 1935 * Uri displayPhotoUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(contactUri, Contacts.Photo.DISPLAY_PHOTO); 1936 * try { 1937 * AssetFileDescriptor fd = 1938 * getContentResolver().openAssetFileDescriptor(displayPhotoUri, "r"); 1939 * return fd.createInputStream(); 1940 * } catch (IOException e) { 1941 * return null; 1942 * } 1943 * } 1944 * </pre> 1945 * </dd> 1946 * </dl> 1947 * 1948 * </p> 1949 * <p>You may also consider using the convenience method 1950 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#openContactPhotoInputStream(ContentResolver, Uri, boolean)} 1951 * to retrieve the raw photo contents of either the thumbnail-sized or the full-sized photo. 1952 * </p> 1953 * <p> 1954 * This directory can be used either with a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or 1955 * {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI}. 1956 * </p> 1957 */ 1958 public static final class Photo implements BaseColumns, DataColumnsWithJoins { 1959 /** 1960 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 1961 */ 1962 private Photo() {} 1963 1964 /** 1965 * The directory twig for this sub-table 1966 */ 1967 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "photo"; 1968 1969 /** 1970 * The directory twig for retrieving the full-size display photo. 1971 */ 1972 public static final String DISPLAY_PHOTO = "display_photo"; 1973 1974 /** 1975 * Full-size photo file ID of the raw contact. 1976 * See {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto}. 1977 * <p> 1978 * Type: NUMBER 1979 */ 1980 public static final String PHOTO_FILE_ID = DATA14; 1981 1982 /** 1983 * Thumbnail photo of the raw contact. This is the raw bytes of an image 1984 * that could be inflated using {@link android.graphics.BitmapFactory}. 1985 * <p> 1986 * Type: BLOB 1987 */ 1988 public static final String PHOTO = DATA15; 1989 } 1990 1991 /** 1992 * Opens an InputStream for the contacts's photo and returns the 1993 * photo as a byte stream. 1994 * @param cr The content resolver to use for querying 1995 * @param contactUri the contact whose photo should be used. This can be used with 1996 * either a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or a {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} URI. 1997 * @param preferHighres If this is true and the contact has a higher resolution photo 1998 * available, it is returned. If false, this function always tries to get the thumbnail 1999 * @return an InputStream of the photo, or null if no photo is present 2000 */ 2001 public static InputStream openContactPhotoInputStream(ContentResolver cr, Uri contactUri, 2002 boolean preferHighres) { 2003 if (preferHighres) { 2004 final Uri displayPhotoUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(contactUri, 2005 Contacts.Photo.DISPLAY_PHOTO); 2006 InputStream inputStream; 2007 try { 2008 AssetFileDescriptor fd = cr.openAssetFileDescriptor(displayPhotoUri, "r"); 2009 return fd.createInputStream(); 2010 } catch (IOException e) { 2011 // fallback to the thumbnail code 2012 } 2013 } 2014 2015 Uri photoUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(contactUri, Photo.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 2016 if (photoUri == null) { 2017 return null; 2018 } 2019 Cursor cursor = cr.query(photoUri, 2020 new String[] { 2021 ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Photo.PHOTO 2022 }, null, null, null); 2023 try { 2024 if (cursor == null || !cursor.moveToNext()) { 2025 return null; 2026 } 2027 byte[] data = cursor.getBlob(0); 2028 if (data == null) { 2029 return null; 2030 } 2031 return new ByteArrayInputStream(data); 2032 } finally { 2033 if (cursor != null) { 2034 cursor.close(); 2035 } 2036 } 2037 } 2038 2039 /** 2040 * Opens an InputStream for the contacts's thumbnail photo and returns the 2041 * photo as a byte stream. 2042 * @param cr The content resolver to use for querying 2043 * @param contactUri the contact whose photo should be used. This can be used with 2044 * either a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or a {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} URI. 2045 * @return an InputStream of the photo, or null if no photo is present 2046 * @see #openContactPhotoInputStream(ContentResolver, Uri, boolean), if instead 2047 * of the thumbnail the high-res picture is preferred 2048 */ 2049 public static InputStream openContactPhotoInputStream(ContentResolver cr, Uri contactUri) { 2050 return openContactPhotoInputStream(cr, contactUri, false); 2051 } 2052 } 2053 2054 /** 2055 * <p> 2056 * Constants for the user's profile data, which is represented as a single contact on 2057 * the device that represents the user. The profile contact is not aggregated 2058 * together automatically in the same way that normal contacts are; instead, each 2059 * account (including data set, if applicable) on the device may contribute a single 2060 * raw contact representing the user's personal profile data from that source. 2061 * </p> 2062 * <p> 2063 * Access to the profile entry through these URIs (or incidental access to parts of 2064 * the profile if retrieved directly via ID) requires additional permissions beyond 2065 * the read/write contact permissions required by the provider. Querying for profile 2066 * data requires android.permission.READ_PROFILE permission, and inserting or 2067 * updating profile data requires android.permission.WRITE_PROFILE permission. 2068 * </p> 2069 * <h3>Operations</h3> 2070 * <dl> 2071 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 2072 * <dd>The user's profile entry cannot be created explicitly (attempting to do so 2073 * will throw an exception). When a raw contact is inserted into the profile, the 2074 * provider will check for the existence of a profile on the device. If one is 2075 * found, the raw contact's {@link RawContacts#CONTACT_ID} column gets the _ID of 2076 * the profile Contact. If no match is found, the profile Contact is created and 2077 * its _ID is put into the {@link RawContacts#CONTACT_ID} column of the newly 2078 * inserted raw contact.</dd> 2079 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 2080 * <dd>The profile Contact has the same update restrictions as Contacts in general, 2081 * but requires the android.permission.WRITE_PROFILE permission.</dd> 2082 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 2083 * <dd>The profile Contact cannot be explicitly deleted. It will be removed 2084 * automatically if all of its constituent raw contact entries are deleted.</dd> 2085 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 2086 * <dd> 2087 * <ul> 2088 * <li>The {@link #CONTENT_URI} for profiles behaves in much the same way as 2089 * retrieving a contact by ID, except that it will only ever return the user's 2090 * profile contact. 2091 * </li> 2092 * <li> 2093 * The profile contact supports all of the same sub-paths as an individual contact 2094 * does - the content of the profile contact can be retrieved as entities or 2095 * data rows. Similarly, specific raw contact entries can be retrieved by appending 2096 * the desired raw contact ID within the profile. 2097 * </li> 2098 * </ul> 2099 * </dd> 2100 * </dl> 2101 */ 2102 public static final class Profile implements BaseColumns, ContactsColumns, 2103 ContactOptionsColumns, ContactNameColumns, ContactStatusColumns { 2104 /** 2105 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 2106 */ 2107 private Profile() { 2108 } 2109 2110 /** 2111 * The content:// style URI for this table, which requests the contact entry 2112 * representing the user's personal profile data. 2113 */ 2114 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "profile"); 2115 2116 /** 2117 * {@link Uri} for referencing the user's profile {@link Contacts} entry, 2118 * Provides {@link OpenableColumns} columns when queried, or returns the 2119 * user's profile contact formatted as a vCard when opened through 2120 * {@link ContentResolver#openAssetFileDescriptor(Uri, String)}. 2121 */ 2122 public static final Uri CONTENT_VCARD_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 2123 "as_vcard"); 2124 2125 /** 2126 * {@link Uri} for referencing the raw contacts that make up the user's profile 2127 * {@link Contacts} entry. An individual raw contact entry within the profile 2128 * can be addressed by appending the raw contact ID. The entities or data within 2129 * that specific raw contact can be requested by appending the entity or data 2130 * path as well. 2131 */ 2132 public static final Uri CONTENT_RAW_CONTACTS_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 2133 "raw_contacts"); 2134 2135 /** 2136 * The minimum ID for any entity that belongs to the profile. This essentially 2137 * defines an ID-space in which profile data is stored, and is used by the provider 2138 * to determine whether a request via a non-profile-specific URI should be directed 2139 * to the profile data rather than general contacts data, along with all the special 2140 * permission checks that entails. 2141 * 2142 * Callers may use {@link #isProfileId} to check whether a specific ID falls into 2143 * the set of data intended for the profile. 2144 */ 2145 public static final long MIN_ID = Long.MAX_VALUE - (long) Integer.MAX_VALUE; 2146 } 2147 2148 /** 2149 * This method can be used to identify whether the given ID is associated with profile 2150 * data. It does not necessarily indicate that the ID is tied to valid data, merely 2151 * that accessing data using this ID will result in profile access checks and will only 2152 * return data from the profile. 2153 * 2154 * @param id The ID to check. 2155 * @return Whether the ID is associated with profile data. 2156 */ 2157 public static boolean isProfileId(long id) { 2158 return id >= Profile.MIN_ID; 2159 } 2160 2161 protected interface DeletedContactsColumns { 2162 2163 /** 2164 * A reference to the {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#_ID} that was deleted. 2165 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2166 */ 2167 public static final String CONTACT_ID = "contact_id"; 2168 2169 /** 2170 * Time (milliseconds since epoch) that the contact was deleted. 2171 */ 2172 public static final String CONTACT_DELETED_TIMESTAMP = "contact_deleted_timestamp"; 2173 } 2174 2175 /** 2176 * Constants for the deleted contact table. This table holds a log of deleted contacts. 2177 * <p> 2178 * Log older than {@link #DAYS_KEPT_MILLISECONDS} may be deleted. 2179 */ 2180 public static final class DeletedContacts implements DeletedContactsColumns { 2181 2182 /** 2183 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 2184 */ 2185 private DeletedContacts() { 2186 } 2187 2188 /** 2189 * The content:// style URI for this table, which requests a directory of raw contact rows 2190 * matching the selection criteria. 2191 */ 2192 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 2193 "deleted_contacts"); 2194 2195 /** 2196 * Number of days that the delete log will be kept. After this time, delete records may be 2197 * deleted. 2198 * 2199 * @hide 2200 */ 2201 private static final int DAYS_KEPT = 30; 2202 2203 /** 2204 * Milliseconds that the delete log will be kept. After this time, delete records may be 2205 * deleted. 2206 */ 2207 public static final long DAYS_KEPT_MILLISECONDS = 1000L * 60L * 60L * 24L * (long)DAYS_KEPT; 2208 } 2209 2210 protected interface RawContactsColumns { 2211 /** 2212 * A reference to the {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#_ID} that this 2213 * data belongs to. 2214 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2215 */ 2216 public static final String CONTACT_ID = "contact_id"; 2217 2218 /** 2219 * Persistent unique id for each raw_contact within its account. 2220 * This id is provided by its own data source, and can be used to backup metadata 2221 * to the server. 2222 * This should be unique within each set of account_name/account_type/data_set 2223 */ 2224 public static final String BACKUP_ID = "backup_id"; 2225 2226 /** 2227 * The data set within the account that this row belongs to. This allows 2228 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 2229 * each others' data. 2230 * 2231 * This is empty by default, and is completely optional. It only needs to 2232 * be populated if multiple sync adapters are entering distinct data for 2233 * the same account type and account name. 2234 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 2235 */ 2236 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 2237 2238 /** 2239 * A concatenation of the account type and data set (delimited by a forward 2240 * slash) - if the data set is empty, this will be the same as the account 2241 * type. For applications that need to be aware of the data set, this can 2242 * be used instead of account type to distinguish sets of data. This is 2243 * never intended to be used for specifying accounts. 2244 * <p> 2245 * This column does *not* escape forward slashes in the account type or the data set. 2246 * If this is an issue, consider using 2247 * {@link ContactsContract.RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} and 2248 * {@link ContactsContract.RawContacts#DATA_SET} directly. 2249 */ 2250 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE_AND_DATA_SET = "account_type_and_data_set"; 2251 2252 /** 2253 * The aggregation mode for this contact. 2254 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2255 */ 2256 public static final String AGGREGATION_MODE = "aggregation_mode"; 2257 2258 /** 2259 * The "deleted" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row has been marked 2260 * for deletion. When {@link android.content.ContentResolver#delete} is 2261 * called on a raw contact, it is marked for deletion and removed from its 2262 * aggregate contact. The sync adaptor deletes the raw contact on the server and 2263 * then calls ContactResolver.delete once more, this time passing the 2264 * {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} query parameter to finalize 2265 * the data removal. 2266 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2267 */ 2268 public static final String DELETED = "deleted"; 2269 2270 /** 2271 * The "read-only" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row cannot be modified or 2272 * deleted except by a sync adapter. See {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER}. 2273 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2274 */ 2275 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_IS_READ_ONLY = "raw_contact_is_read_only"; 2276 2277 /** 2278 * Flag that reflects whether this raw contact belongs to the user's 2279 * personal profile entry. 2280 */ 2281 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_IS_USER_PROFILE = "raw_contact_is_user_profile"; 2282 2283 /** 2284 * Flag indicating that a raw contact's metadata has changed, and its metadata 2285 * needs to be synchronized by the server. 2286 * <P>Type: INTEGER (boolean)</P> 2287 */ 2288 public static final String METADATA_DIRTY = "metadata_dirty"; 2289 } 2290 2291 /** 2292 * Constants for the raw contacts table, which contains one row of contact 2293 * information for each person in each synced account. Sync adapters and 2294 * contact management apps 2295 * are the primary consumers of this API. 2296 * 2297 * <h3>Aggregation</h3> 2298 * <p> 2299 * As soon as a raw contact is inserted or whenever its constituent data 2300 * changes, the provider will check if the raw contact matches other 2301 * existing raw contacts and if so will aggregate it with those. The 2302 * aggregation is reflected in the {@link RawContacts} table by the change of the 2303 * {@link #CONTACT_ID} field, which is the reference to the aggregate contact. 2304 * </p> 2305 * <p> 2306 * Changes to the structured name, organization, phone number, email address, 2307 * or nickname trigger a re-aggregation. 2308 * </p> 2309 * <p> 2310 * See also {@link AggregationExceptions} for a mechanism to control 2311 * aggregation programmatically. 2312 * </p> 2313 * 2314 * <h3>Operations</h3> 2315 * <dl> 2316 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 2317 * <dd> 2318 * <p> 2319 * Raw contacts can be inserted incrementally or in a batch. 2320 * The incremental method is more traditional but less efficient. 2321 * It should be used 2322 * only if no {@link Data} values are available at the time the raw contact is created: 2323 * <pre> 2324 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 2325 * values.put(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 2326 * values.put(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 2327 * Uri rawContactUri = getContentResolver().insert(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI, values); 2328 * long rawContactId = ContentUris.parseId(rawContactUri); 2329 * </pre> 2330 * </p> 2331 * <p> 2332 * Once {@link Data} values become available, insert those. 2333 * For example, here's how you would insert a name: 2334 * 2335 * <pre> 2336 * values.clear(); 2337 * values.put(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId); 2338 * values.put(Data.MIMETYPE, StructuredName.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE); 2339 * values.put(StructuredName.DISPLAY_NAME, "Mike Sullivan"); 2340 * getContentResolver().insert(Data.CONTENT_URI, values); 2341 * </pre> 2342 * </p> 2343 * <p> 2344 * The batch method is by far preferred. It inserts the raw contact and its 2345 * constituent data rows in a single database transaction 2346 * and causes at most one aggregation pass. 2347 * <pre> 2348 * ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation> ops = 2349 * new ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation>(); 2350 * ... 2351 * int rawContactInsertIndex = ops.size(); 2352 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newInsert(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI) 2353 * .withValue(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType) 2354 * .withValue(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName) 2355 * .build()); 2356 * 2357 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newInsert(Data.CONTENT_URI) 2358 * .withValueBackReference(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactInsertIndex) 2359 * .withValue(Data.MIMETYPE, StructuredName.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE) 2360 * .withValue(StructuredName.DISPLAY_NAME, "Mike Sullivan") 2361 * .build()); 2362 * 2363 * getContentResolver().applyBatch(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY, ops); 2364 * </pre> 2365 * </p> 2366 * <p> 2367 * Note the use of {@link ContentProviderOperation.Builder#withValueBackReference(String, int)} 2368 * to refer to the as-yet-unknown index value of the raw contact inserted in the 2369 * first operation. 2370 * </p> 2371 * 2372 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 2373 * <dd><p> 2374 * Raw contacts can be updated incrementally or in a batch. 2375 * Batch mode should be used whenever possible. 2376 * The procedures and considerations are analogous to those documented above for inserts. 2377 * </p></dd> 2378 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 2379 * <dd><p>When a raw contact is deleted, all of its Data rows as well as StatusUpdates, 2380 * AggregationExceptions, PhoneLookup rows are deleted automatically. When all raw 2381 * contacts associated with a {@link Contacts} row are deleted, the {@link Contacts} row 2382 * itself is also deleted automatically. 2383 * </p> 2384 * <p> 2385 * The invocation of {@code resolver.delete(...)}, does not immediately delete 2386 * a raw contacts row. 2387 * Instead, it sets the {@link #DELETED} flag on the raw contact and 2388 * removes the raw contact from its aggregate contact. 2389 * The sync adapter then deletes the raw contact from the server and 2390 * finalizes phone-side deletion by calling {@code resolver.delete(...)} 2391 * again and passing the {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} query parameter.<p> 2392 * <p>Some sync adapters are read-only, meaning that they only sync server-side 2393 * changes to the phone, but not the reverse. If one of those raw contacts 2394 * is marked for deletion, it will remain on the phone. However it will be 2395 * effectively invisible, because it will not be part of any aggregate contact. 2396 * </dd> 2397 * 2398 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 2399 * <dd> 2400 * <p> 2401 * It is easy to find all raw contacts in a Contact: 2402 * <pre> 2403 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI, 2404 * new String[]{RawContacts._ID}, 2405 * RawContacts.CONTACT_ID + "=?", 2406 * new String[]{String.valueOf(contactId)}, null); 2407 * </pre> 2408 * </p> 2409 * <p> 2410 * To find raw contacts within a specific account, 2411 * you can either put the account name and type in the selection or pass them as query 2412 * parameters. The latter approach is preferable, especially when you can reuse the 2413 * URI: 2414 * <pre> 2415 * Uri rawContactUri = RawContacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon() 2416 * .appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName) 2417 * .appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType) 2418 * .build(); 2419 * Cursor c1 = getContentResolver().query(rawContactUri, 2420 * RawContacts.STARRED + "<>0", null, null, null); 2421 * ... 2422 * Cursor c2 = getContentResolver().query(rawContactUri, 2423 * RawContacts.DELETED + "<>0", null, null, null); 2424 * </pre> 2425 * </p> 2426 * <p>The best way to read a raw contact along with all the data associated with it is 2427 * by using the {@link Entity} directory. If the raw contact has data rows, 2428 * the Entity cursor will contain a row for each data row. If the raw contact has no 2429 * data rows, the cursor will still contain one row with the raw contact-level information. 2430 * <pre> 2431 * Uri rawContactUri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI, rawContactId); 2432 * Uri entityUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(rawContactUri, Entity.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 2433 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(entityUri, 2434 * new String[]{RawContacts.SOURCE_ID, Entity.DATA_ID, Entity.MIMETYPE, Entity.DATA1}, 2435 * null, null, null); 2436 * try { 2437 * while (c.moveToNext()) { 2438 * String sourceId = c.getString(0); 2439 * if (!c.isNull(1)) { 2440 * String mimeType = c.getString(2); 2441 * String data = c.getString(3); 2442 * ... 2443 * } 2444 * } 2445 * } finally { 2446 * c.close(); 2447 * } 2448 * </pre> 2449 * </p> 2450 * </dd> 2451 * </dl> 2452 * <h2>Columns</h2> 2453 * 2454 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 2455 * <tr> 2456 * <th colspan='4'>RawContacts</th> 2457 * </tr> 2458 * <tr> 2459 * <td>long</td> 2460 * <td>{@link #_ID}</td> 2461 * <td>read-only</td> 2462 * <td>Row ID. Sync adapters should try to preserve row IDs during updates. In other words, 2463 * it is much better for a sync adapter to update a raw contact rather than to delete and 2464 * re-insert it.</td> 2465 * </tr> 2466 * <tr> 2467 * <td>long</td> 2468 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_ID}</td> 2469 * <td>read-only</td> 2470 * <td>The ID of the row in the {@link ContactsContract.Contacts} table 2471 * that this raw contact belongs 2472 * to. Raw contacts are linked to contacts by the aggregation process, which can be controlled 2473 * by the {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE} field and {@link AggregationExceptions}.</td> 2474 * </tr> 2475 * <tr> 2476 * <td>int</td> 2477 * <td>{@link #AGGREGATION_MODE}</td> 2478 * <td>read/write</td> 2479 * <td>A mechanism that allows programmatic control of the aggregation process. The allowed 2480 * values are {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_DEFAULT}, {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_DISABLED} 2481 * and {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_SUSPENDED}. See also {@link AggregationExceptions}.</td> 2482 * </tr> 2483 * <tr> 2484 * <td>int</td> 2485 * <td>{@link #DELETED}</td> 2486 * <td>read/write</td> 2487 * <td>The "deleted" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row has been marked 2488 * for deletion. When {@link android.content.ContentResolver#delete} is 2489 * called on a raw contact, it is marked for deletion and removed from its 2490 * aggregate contact. The sync adaptor deletes the raw contact on the server and 2491 * then calls ContactResolver.delete once more, this time passing the 2492 * {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} query parameter to finalize 2493 * the data removal.</td> 2494 * </tr> 2495 * <tr> 2496 * <td>int</td> 2497 * <td>{@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}</td> 2498 * <td>read/write</td> 2499 * <td>The number of times the contact has been contacted. To have an effect 2500 * on the corresponding value of the aggregate contact, this field 2501 * should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted. 2502 * After that, this value is typically updated via 2503 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#markAsContacted}.</td> 2504 * </tr> 2505 * <tr> 2506 * <td>long</td> 2507 * <td>{@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}</td> 2508 * <td>read/write</td> 2509 * <td>The timestamp of the last time the contact was contacted. To have an effect 2510 * on the corresponding value of the aggregate contact, this field 2511 * should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted. 2512 * After that, this value is typically updated via 2513 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#markAsContacted}. 2514 * </td> 2515 * </tr> 2516 * <tr> 2517 * <td>int</td> 2518 * <td>{@link #STARRED}</td> 2519 * <td>read/write</td> 2520 * <td>An indicator for favorite contacts: '1' if favorite, '0' otherwise. 2521 * Changing this field immediately affects the corresponding aggregate contact: 2522 * if any raw contacts in that aggregate contact are starred, then the contact 2523 * itself is marked as starred.</td> 2524 * </tr> 2525 * <tr> 2526 * <td>String</td> 2527 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_RINGTONE}</td> 2528 * <td>read/write</td> 2529 * <td>A custom ringtone associated with a raw contact. Typically this is the 2530 * URI returned by an activity launched with the 2531 * {@link android.media.RingtoneManager#ACTION_RINGTONE_PICKER} intent. 2532 * To have an effect on the corresponding value of the aggregate contact, this field 2533 * should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted. To set a custom 2534 * ringtone on a contact, use the field {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CUSTOM_RINGTONE 2535 * Contacts.CUSTOM_RINGTONE} 2536 * instead.</td> 2537 * </tr> 2538 * <tr> 2539 * <td>int</td> 2540 * <td>{@link #SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL}</td> 2541 * <td>read/write</td> 2542 * <td>An indicator of whether calls from this raw contact should be forwarded 2543 * directly to voice mail ('1') or not ('0'). To have an effect 2544 * on the corresponding value of the aggregate contact, this field 2545 * should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted.</td> 2546 * </tr> 2547 * <tr> 2548 * <td>String</td> 2549 * <td>{@link #ACCOUNT_NAME}</td> 2550 * <td>read/write-once</td> 2551 * <td>The name of the account instance to which this row belongs, which when paired with 2552 * {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE} identifies a specific account. 2553 * For example, this will be the Gmail address if it is a Google account. 2554 * It should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted and never 2555 * changed afterwards.</td> 2556 * </tr> 2557 * <tr> 2558 * <td>String</td> 2559 * <td>{@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE}</td> 2560 * <td>read/write-once</td> 2561 * <td> 2562 * <p> 2563 * The type of account to which this row belongs, which when paired with 2564 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} identifies a specific account. 2565 * It should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted and never 2566 * changed afterwards. 2567 * </p> 2568 * <p> 2569 * To ensure uniqueness, new account types should be chosen according to the 2570 * Java package naming convention. Thus a Google account is of type "com.google". 2571 * </p> 2572 * </td> 2573 * </tr> 2574 * <tr> 2575 * <td>String</td> 2576 * <td>{@link #DATA_SET}</td> 2577 * <td>read/write-once</td> 2578 * <td> 2579 * <p> 2580 * The data set within the account that this row belongs to. This allows 2581 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 2582 * each others' data. The combination of {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE}, 2583 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME}, and {@link #DATA_SET} identifies a set of data 2584 * that is associated with a single sync adapter. 2585 * </p> 2586 * <p> 2587 * This is empty by default, and is completely optional. It only needs to 2588 * be populated if multiple sync adapters are entering distinct data for 2589 * the same account type and account name. 2590 * </p> 2591 * <p> 2592 * It should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted and never 2593 * changed afterwards. 2594 * </p> 2595 * </td> 2596 * </tr> 2597 * <tr> 2598 * <td>String</td> 2599 * <td>{@link #SOURCE_ID}</td> 2600 * <td>read/write</td> 2601 * <td>String that uniquely identifies this row to its source account. 2602 * Typically it is set at the time the raw contact is inserted and never 2603 * changed afterwards. The one notable exception is a new raw contact: it 2604 * will have an account name and type (and possibly a data set), but no 2605 * source id. This indicates to the sync adapter that a new contact needs 2606 * to be created server-side and its ID stored in the corresponding 2607 * SOURCE_ID field on the phone. 2608 * </td> 2609 * </tr> 2610 * <tr> 2611 * <td>int</td> 2612 * <td>{@link #VERSION}</td> 2613 * <td>read-only</td> 2614 * <td>Version number that is updated whenever this row or its related data 2615 * changes. This field can be used for optimistic locking of a raw contact. 2616 * </td> 2617 * </tr> 2618 * <tr> 2619 * <td>int</td> 2620 * <td>{@link #DIRTY}</td> 2621 * <td>read/write</td> 2622 * <td>Flag indicating that {@link #VERSION} has changed, and this row needs 2623 * to be synchronized by its owning account. The value is set to "1" automatically 2624 * whenever the raw contact changes, unless the URI has the 2625 * {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} query parameter specified. 2626 * The sync adapter should always supply this query parameter to prevent 2627 * unnecessary synchronization: user changes some data on the server, 2628 * the sync adapter updates the contact on the phone (without the 2629 * CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER flag) flag, which sets the DIRTY flag, 2630 * which triggers a sync to bring the changes to the server. 2631 * </td> 2632 * </tr> 2633 * <tr> 2634 * <td>String</td> 2635 * <td>{@link #SYNC1}</td> 2636 * <td>read/write</td> 2637 * <td>Generic column provided for arbitrary use by sync adapters. 2638 * The content provider 2639 * stores this information on behalf of the sync adapter but does not 2640 * interpret it in any way. 2641 * </td> 2642 * </tr> 2643 * <tr> 2644 * <td>String</td> 2645 * <td>{@link #SYNC2}</td> 2646 * <td>read/write</td> 2647 * <td>Generic column for use by sync adapters. 2648 * </td> 2649 * </tr> 2650 * <tr> 2651 * <td>String</td> 2652 * <td>{@link #SYNC3}</td> 2653 * <td>read/write</td> 2654 * <td>Generic column for use by sync adapters. 2655 * </td> 2656 * </tr> 2657 * <tr> 2658 * <td>String</td> 2659 * <td>{@link #SYNC4}</td> 2660 * <td>read/write</td> 2661 * <td>Generic column for use by sync adapters. 2662 * </td> 2663 * </tr> 2664 * </table> 2665 */ 2666 public static final class RawContacts implements BaseColumns, RawContactsColumns, 2667 ContactOptionsColumns, ContactNameColumns, SyncColumns { 2668 /** 2669 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 2670 */ 2671 private RawContacts() { 2672 } 2673 2674 /** 2675 * The content:// style URI for this table, which requests a directory of 2676 * raw contact rows matching the selection criteria. 2677 */ 2678 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "raw_contacts"); 2679 2680 /** 2681 * The MIME type of the results from {@link #CONTENT_URI} when a specific 2682 * ID value is not provided, and multiple raw contacts may be returned. 2683 */ 2684 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/raw_contact"; 2685 2686 /** 2687 * The MIME type of the results when a raw contact ID is appended to {@link #CONTENT_URI}, 2688 * yielding a subdirectory of a single person. 2689 */ 2690 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/raw_contact"; 2691 2692 /** 2693 * Aggregation mode: aggregate immediately after insert or update operation(s) are complete. 2694 */ 2695 public static final int AGGREGATION_MODE_DEFAULT = 0; 2696 2697 /** 2698 * Aggregation mode: aggregate at the time the raw contact is inserted/updated. 2699 * @deprecated Aggregation is synchronous, this historic value is a no-op 2700 */ 2701 @Deprecated 2702 public static final int AGGREGATION_MODE_IMMEDIATE = 1; 2703 2704 /** 2705 * <p> 2706 * Aggregation mode: aggregation suspended temporarily, and is likely to be resumed later. 2707 * Changes to the raw contact will update the associated aggregate contact but will not 2708 * result in any change in how the contact is aggregated. Similar to 2709 * {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_DISABLED}, but maintains a link to the corresponding 2710 * {@link Contacts} aggregate. 2711 * </p> 2712 * <p> 2713 * This can be used to postpone aggregation until after a series of updates, for better 2714 * performance and/or user experience. 2715 * </p> 2716 * <p> 2717 * Note that changing 2718 * {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE} from {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_SUSPENDED} to 2719 * {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_DEFAULT} does not trigger an aggregation pass, but any 2720 * subsequent 2721 * change to the raw contact's data will. 2722 * </p> 2723 */ 2724 public static final int AGGREGATION_MODE_SUSPENDED = 2; 2725 2726 /** 2727 * <p> 2728 * Aggregation mode: never aggregate this raw contact. The raw contact will not 2729 * have a corresponding {@link Contacts} aggregate and therefore will not be included in 2730 * {@link Contacts} query results. 2731 * </p> 2732 * <p> 2733 * For example, this mode can be used for a raw contact that is marked for deletion while 2734 * waiting for the deletion to occur on the server side. 2735 * </p> 2736 * 2737 * @see #AGGREGATION_MODE_SUSPENDED 2738 */ 2739 public static final int AGGREGATION_MODE_DISABLED = 3; 2740 2741 /** 2742 * Build a {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} 2743 * style {@link Uri} for the parent {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts} 2744 * entry of the given {@link RawContacts} entry. 2745 */ 2746 public static Uri getContactLookupUri(ContentResolver resolver, Uri rawContactUri) { 2747 // TODO: use a lighter query by joining rawcontacts with contacts in provider 2748 final Uri dataUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(rawContactUri, Data.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 2749 final Cursor cursor = resolver.query(dataUri, new String[] { 2750 RawContacts.CONTACT_ID, Contacts.LOOKUP_KEY 2751 }, null, null, null); 2752 2753 Uri lookupUri = null; 2754 try { 2755 if (cursor != null && cursor.moveToFirst()) { 2756 final long contactId = cursor.getLong(0); 2757 final String lookupKey = cursor.getString(1); 2758 return Contacts.getLookupUri(contactId, lookupKey); 2759 } 2760 } finally { 2761 if (cursor != null) cursor.close(); 2762 } 2763 return lookupUri; 2764 } 2765 2766 /** 2767 * A sub-directory of a single raw contact that contains all of its 2768 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows. To access this directory 2769 * append {@link Data#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to the raw contact URI. 2770 */ 2771 public static final class Data implements BaseColumns, DataColumns { 2772 /** 2773 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 2774 */ 2775 private Data() { 2776 } 2777 2778 /** 2779 * The directory twig for this sub-table 2780 */ 2781 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "data"; 2782 } 2783 2784 /** 2785 * <p> 2786 * A sub-directory of a single raw contact that contains all of its 2787 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows. To access this directory append 2788 * {@link RawContacts.Entity#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to the raw contact URI. See 2789 * {@link RawContactsEntity} for a stand-alone table containing the same 2790 * data. 2791 * </p> 2792 * <p> 2793 * Entity has two ID fields: {@link #_ID} for the raw contact 2794 * and {@link #DATA_ID} for the data rows. 2795 * Entity always contains at least one row, even if there are no 2796 * actual data rows. In this case the {@link #DATA_ID} field will be 2797 * null. 2798 * </p> 2799 * <p> 2800 * Using Entity should be preferred to using two separate queries: 2801 * RawContacts followed by Data. The reason is that Entity reads all 2802 * data for a raw contact in one transaction, so there is no possibility 2803 * of the data changing between the two queries. 2804 */ 2805 public static final class Entity implements BaseColumns, DataColumns { 2806 /** 2807 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 2808 */ 2809 private Entity() { 2810 } 2811 2812 /** 2813 * The directory twig for this sub-table 2814 */ 2815 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "entity"; 2816 2817 /** 2818 * The ID of the data row. The value will be null if this raw contact has no 2819 * data rows. 2820 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2821 */ 2822 public static final String DATA_ID = "data_id"; 2823 } 2824 2825 /** 2826 * <p> 2827 * A sub-directory of a single raw contact that contains all of its 2828 * {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems} rows. To access this directory append 2829 * {@link RawContacts.StreamItems#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to the raw contact URI. See 2830 * {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems} for a stand-alone table containing the 2831 * same data. 2832 * </p> 2833 * <p> 2834 * Access to the social stream through this sub-directory requires additional permissions 2835 * beyond the read/write contact permissions required by the provider. Querying for 2836 * social stream data requires android.permission.READ_SOCIAL_STREAM permission, and 2837 * inserting or updating social stream items requires android.permission.WRITE_SOCIAL_STREAM 2838 * permission. 2839 * </p> 2840 * 2841 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 2842 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 2843 * 2844 * @hide 2845 * @removed 2846 */ 2847 @Deprecated 2848 public static final class StreamItems implements BaseColumns, StreamItemsColumns { 2849 /** 2850 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 2851 * 2852 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 2853 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 2854 */ 2855 @Deprecated 2856 private StreamItems() { 2857 } 2858 2859 /** 2860 * The directory twig for this sub-table 2861 * 2862 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 2863 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 2864 */ 2865 @Deprecated 2866 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "stream_items"; 2867 } 2868 2869 /** 2870 * <p> 2871 * A sub-directory of a single raw contact that represents its primary 2872 * display photo. To access this directory append 2873 * {@link RawContacts.DisplayPhoto#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to the raw contact URI. 2874 * The resulting URI represents an image file, and should be interacted with 2875 * using ContentResolver.openAssetFileDescriptor. 2876 * <p> 2877 * <p> 2878 * Note that this sub-directory also supports opening the photo as an asset file 2879 * in write mode. Callers can create or replace the primary photo associated 2880 * with this raw contact by opening the asset file and writing the full-size 2881 * photo contents into it. When the file is closed, the image will be parsed, 2882 * sized down if necessary for the full-size display photo and thumbnail 2883 * dimensions, and stored. 2884 * </p> 2885 * <p> 2886 * Usage example: 2887 * <pre> 2888 * public void writeDisplayPhoto(long rawContactId, byte[] photo) { 2889 * Uri rawContactPhotoUri = Uri.withAppendedPath( 2890 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI, rawContactId), 2891 * RawContacts.DisplayPhoto.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 2892 * try { 2893 * AssetFileDescriptor fd = 2894 * getContentResolver().openAssetFileDescriptor(rawContactPhotoUri, "rw"); 2895 * OutputStream os = fd.createOutputStream(); 2896 * os.write(photo); 2897 * os.close(); 2898 * fd.close(); 2899 * } catch (IOException e) { 2900 * // Handle error cases. 2901 * } 2902 * } 2903 * </pre> 2904 * </p> 2905 */ 2906 public static final class DisplayPhoto { 2907 /** 2908 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 2909 */ 2910 private DisplayPhoto() { 2911 } 2912 2913 /** 2914 * The directory twig for this sub-table 2915 */ 2916 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "display_photo"; 2917 } 2918 2919 /** 2920 * TODO: javadoc 2921 * @param cursor 2922 * @return 2923 */ 2924 public static EntityIterator newEntityIterator(Cursor cursor) { 2925 return new EntityIteratorImpl(cursor); 2926 } 2927 2928 private static class EntityIteratorImpl extends CursorEntityIterator { 2929 private static final String[] DATA_KEYS = new String[]{ 2930 Data.DATA1, 2931 Data.DATA2, 2932 Data.DATA3, 2933 Data.DATA4, 2934 Data.DATA5, 2935 Data.DATA6, 2936 Data.DATA7, 2937 Data.DATA8, 2938 Data.DATA9, 2939 Data.DATA10, 2940 Data.DATA11, 2941 Data.DATA12, 2942 Data.DATA13, 2943 Data.DATA14, 2944 Data.DATA15, 2945 Data.SYNC1, 2946 Data.SYNC2, 2947 Data.SYNC3, 2948 Data.SYNC4}; 2949 2950 public EntityIteratorImpl(Cursor cursor) { 2951 super(cursor); 2952 } 2953 2954 @Override 2955 public android.content.Entity getEntityAndIncrementCursor(Cursor cursor) 2956 throws RemoteException { 2957 final int columnRawContactId = cursor.getColumnIndexOrThrow(RawContacts._ID); 2958 final long rawContactId = cursor.getLong(columnRawContactId); 2959 2960 // we expect the cursor is already at the row we need to read from 2961 ContentValues cv = new ContentValues(); 2962 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, ACCOUNT_NAME); 2963 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, ACCOUNT_TYPE); 2964 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, DATA_SET); 2965 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, _ID); 2966 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, DIRTY); 2967 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, VERSION); 2968 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, SOURCE_ID); 2969 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, SYNC1); 2970 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, SYNC2); 2971 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, SYNC3); 2972 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, SYNC4); 2973 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, DELETED); 2974 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, CONTACT_ID); 2975 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, STARRED); 2976 android.content.Entity contact = new android.content.Entity(cv); 2977 2978 // read data rows until the contact id changes 2979 do { 2980 if (rawContactId != cursor.getLong(columnRawContactId)) { 2981 break; 2982 } 2983 // add the data to to the contact 2984 cv = new ContentValues(); 2985 cv.put(Data._ID, cursor.getLong(cursor.getColumnIndexOrThrow(Entity.DATA_ID))); 2986 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, 2987 Data.RES_PACKAGE); 2988 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, Data.MIMETYPE); 2989 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, Data.IS_PRIMARY); 2990 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, 2991 Data.IS_SUPER_PRIMARY); 2992 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, Data.DATA_VERSION); 2993 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, 2994 CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership.GROUP_SOURCE_ID); 2995 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, 2996 Data.DATA_VERSION); 2997 for (String key : DATA_KEYS) { 2998 final int columnIndex = cursor.getColumnIndexOrThrow(key); 2999 switch (cursor.getType(columnIndex)) { 3000 case Cursor.FIELD_TYPE_NULL: 3001 // don't put anything 3002 break; 3003 case Cursor.FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER: 3004 case Cursor.FIELD_TYPE_FLOAT: 3005 case Cursor.FIELD_TYPE_STRING: 3006 cv.put(key, cursor.getString(columnIndex)); 3007 break; 3008 case Cursor.FIELD_TYPE_BLOB: 3009 cv.put(key, cursor.getBlob(columnIndex)); 3010 break; 3011 default: 3012 throw new IllegalStateException("Invalid or unhandled data type"); 3013 } 3014 } 3015 contact.addSubValue(ContactsContract.Data.CONTENT_URI, cv); 3016 } while (cursor.moveToNext()); 3017 3018 return contact; 3019 } 3020 3021 } 3022 } 3023 3024 /** 3025 * Social status update columns. 3026 * 3027 * @see StatusUpdates 3028 * @see ContactsContract.Data 3029 */ 3030 protected interface StatusColumns { 3031 /** 3032 * Contact's latest presence level. 3033 * <P>Type: INTEGER (one of the values below)</P> 3034 */ 3035 public static final String PRESENCE = "mode"; 3036 3037 /** 3038 * @deprecated use {@link #PRESENCE} 3039 */ 3040 @Deprecated 3041 public static final String PRESENCE_STATUS = PRESENCE; 3042 3043 /** 3044 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3045 */ 3046 int OFFLINE = 0; 3047 3048 /** 3049 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3050 */ 3051 int INVISIBLE = 1; 3052 3053 /** 3054 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3055 */ 3056 int AWAY = 2; 3057 3058 /** 3059 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3060 */ 3061 int IDLE = 3; 3062 3063 /** 3064 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3065 */ 3066 int DO_NOT_DISTURB = 4; 3067 3068 /** 3069 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3070 */ 3071 int AVAILABLE = 5; 3072 3073 /** 3074 * Contact latest status update. 3075 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3076 */ 3077 public static final String STATUS = "status"; 3078 3079 /** 3080 * @deprecated use {@link #STATUS} 3081 */ 3082 @Deprecated 3083 public static final String PRESENCE_CUSTOM_STATUS = STATUS; 3084 3085 /** 3086 * The absolute time in milliseconds when the latest status was inserted/updated. 3087 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 3088 */ 3089 public static final String STATUS_TIMESTAMP = "status_ts"; 3090 3091 /** 3092 * The package containing resources for this status: label and icon. 3093 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3094 */ 3095 public static final String STATUS_RES_PACKAGE = "status_res_package"; 3096 3097 /** 3098 * The resource ID of the label describing the source of the status update, e.g. "Google 3099 * Talk". This resource should be scoped by the {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}. 3100 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 3101 */ 3102 public static final String STATUS_LABEL = "status_label"; 3103 3104 /** 3105 * The resource ID of the icon for the source of the status update. 3106 * This resource should be scoped by the {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}. 3107 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 3108 */ 3109 public static final String STATUS_ICON = "status_icon"; 3110 3111 /** 3112 * Contact's audio/video chat capability level. 3113 * <P>Type: INTEGER (one of the values below)</P> 3114 */ 3115 public static final String CHAT_CAPABILITY = "chat_capability"; 3116 3117 /** 3118 * An allowed flag of {@link #CHAT_CAPABILITY}. Indicates audio-chat capability (microphone 3119 * and speaker) 3120 */ 3121 public static final int CAPABILITY_HAS_VOICE = 1; 3122 3123 /** 3124 * An allowed flag of {@link #CHAT_CAPABILITY}. Indicates that the contact's device can 3125 * display a video feed. 3126 */ 3127 public static final int CAPABILITY_HAS_VIDEO = 2; 3128 3129 /** 3130 * An allowed flag of {@link #CHAT_CAPABILITY}. Indicates that the contact's device has a 3131 * camera that can be used for video chat (e.g. a front-facing camera on a phone). 3132 */ 3133 public static final int CAPABILITY_HAS_CAMERA = 4; 3134 } 3135 3136 /** 3137 * <p> 3138 * Constants for the stream_items table, which contains social stream updates from 3139 * the user's contact list. 3140 * </p> 3141 * <p> 3142 * Only a certain number of stream items will ever be stored under a given raw contact. 3143 * Users of this API can query {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems#CONTENT_LIMIT_URI} to 3144 * determine this limit, and should restrict the number of items inserted in any given 3145 * transaction correspondingly. Insertion of more items beyond the limit will 3146 * automatically lead to deletion of the oldest items, by {@link StreamItems#TIMESTAMP}. 3147 * </p> 3148 * <p> 3149 * Access to the social stream through these URIs requires additional permissions beyond the 3150 * read/write contact permissions required by the provider. Querying for social stream data 3151 * requires android.permission.READ_SOCIAL_STREAM permission, and inserting or updating social 3152 * stream items requires android.permission.WRITE_SOCIAL_STREAM permission. 3153 * </p> 3154 * <h3>Account check</h3> 3155 * <p> 3156 * The content URIs to the insert, update and delete operations are required to have the account 3157 * information matching that of the owning raw contact as query parameters, namely 3158 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} and {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_NAME}. 3159 * {@link RawContacts#DATA_SET} isn't required. 3160 * </p> 3161 * <h3>Operations</h3> 3162 * <dl> 3163 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 3164 * <dd> 3165 * <p>Social stream updates are always associated with a raw contact. There are a couple 3166 * of ways to insert these entries. 3167 * <dl> 3168 * <dt>Via the {@link RawContacts.StreamItems#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} sub-path of a raw contact:</dt> 3169 * <dd> 3170 * <pre> 3171 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3172 * values.put(StreamItems.TEXT, "Breakfasted at Tiffanys"); 3173 * values.put(StreamItems.TIMESTAMP, timestamp); 3174 * values.put(StreamItems.COMMENTS, "3 people reshared this"); 3175 * Uri.Builder builder = RawContacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3176 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, rawContactId); 3177 * builder.appendEncodedPath(RawContacts.StreamItems.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3178 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3179 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3180 * Uri streamItemUri = getContentResolver().insert(builder.build(), values); 3181 * long streamItemId = ContentUris.parseId(streamItemUri); 3182 * </pre> 3183 * </dd> 3184 * <dt>Via {@link StreamItems#CONTENT_URI}:</dt> 3185 * <dd> 3186 *<pre> 3187 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3188 * values.put(StreamItems.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId); 3189 * values.put(StreamItems.TEXT, "Breakfasted at Tiffanys"); 3190 * values.put(StreamItems.TIMESTAMP, timestamp); 3191 * values.put(StreamItems.COMMENTS, "3 people reshared this"); 3192 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3193 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3194 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3195 * Uri streamItemUri = getContentResolver().insert(builder.build(), values); 3196 * long streamItemId = ContentUris.parseId(streamItemUri); 3197 *</pre> 3198 * </dd> 3199 * </dl> 3200 * </dd> 3201 * </p> 3202 * <p> 3203 * Once a {@link StreamItems} entry has been inserted, photos associated with that 3204 * social update can be inserted. For example, after one of the insertions above, 3205 * photos could be added to the stream item in one of the following ways: 3206 * <dl> 3207 * <dt>Via a URI including the stream item ID:</dt> 3208 * <dd> 3209 * <pre> 3210 * values.clear(); 3211 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.SORT_INDEX, 1); 3212 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, photoData); 3213 * getContentResolver().insert(Uri.withAppendedPath( 3214 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(StreamItems.CONTENT_URI, streamItemId), 3215 * StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos.CONTENT_DIRECTORY), values); 3216 * </pre> 3217 * </dd> 3218 * <dt>Via {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems#CONTENT_PHOTO_URI}:</dt> 3219 * <dd> 3220 * <pre> 3221 * values.clear(); 3222 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.STREAM_ITEM_ID, streamItemId); 3223 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.SORT_INDEX, 1); 3224 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, photoData); 3225 * getContentResolver().insert(StreamItems.CONTENT_PHOTO_URI, values); 3226 * </pre> 3227 * <p>Note that this latter form allows the insertion of a stream item and its 3228 * photos in a single transaction, by using {@link ContentProviderOperation} with 3229 * back references to populate the stream item ID in the {@link ContentValues}. 3230 * </dd> 3231 * </dl> 3232 * </p> 3233 * </dd> 3234 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 3235 * <dd>Updates can be performed by appending the stream item ID to the 3236 * {@link StreamItems#CONTENT_URI} URI. Only social stream entries that were 3237 * created by the calling package can be updated.</dd> 3238 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 3239 * <dd>Deletes can be performed by appending the stream item ID to the 3240 * {@link StreamItems#CONTENT_URI} URI. Only social stream entries that were 3241 * created by the calling package can be deleted.</dd> 3242 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 3243 * <dl> 3244 * <dt>Finding all social stream updates for a given contact</dt> 3245 * <dd>By Contact ID: 3246 * <pre> 3247 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(Uri.withAppendedPath( 3248 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, contactId), 3249 * Contacts.StreamItems.CONTENT_DIRECTORY), 3250 * null, null, null, null); 3251 * </pre> 3252 * </dd> 3253 * <dd>By lookup key: 3254 * <pre> 3255 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(Contacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon() 3256 * .appendPath(lookupKey) 3257 * .appendPath(Contacts.StreamItems.CONTENT_DIRECTORY).build(), 3258 * null, null, null, null); 3259 * </pre> 3260 * </dd> 3261 * <dt>Finding all social stream updates for a given raw contact</dt> 3262 * <dd> 3263 * <pre> 3264 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(Uri.withAppendedPath( 3265 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI, rawContactId), 3266 * RawContacts.StreamItems.CONTENT_DIRECTORY)), 3267 * null, null, null, null); 3268 * </pre> 3269 * </dd> 3270 * <dt>Querying for a specific stream item by ID</dt> 3271 * <dd> 3272 * <pre> 3273 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(ContentUris.withAppendedId( 3274 * StreamItems.CONTENT_URI, streamItemId), 3275 * null, null, null, null); 3276 * </pre> 3277 * </dd> 3278 * </dl> 3279 * 3280 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3281 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3282 * 3283 * @hide 3284 * @removed 3285 */ 3286 @Deprecated 3287 public static final class StreamItems implements BaseColumns, StreamItemsColumns { 3288 /** 3289 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 3290 * 3291 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3292 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3293 */ 3294 @Deprecated 3295 private StreamItems() { 3296 } 3297 3298 /** 3299 * The content:// style URI for this table, which handles social network stream 3300 * updates for the user's contacts. 3301 * 3302 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3303 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3304 */ 3305 @Deprecated 3306 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "stream_items"); 3307 3308 /** 3309 * <p> 3310 * A content:// style URI for the photos stored in a sub-table underneath 3311 * stream items. This is only used for inserts, and updates - queries and deletes 3312 * for photos should be performed by appending 3313 * {@link StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} path to URIs for a 3314 * specific stream item. 3315 * </p> 3316 * <p> 3317 * When using this URI, the stream item ID for the photo(s) must be identified 3318 * in the {@link ContentValues} passed in. 3319 * </p> 3320 * 3321 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3322 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3323 */ 3324 @Deprecated 3325 public static final Uri CONTENT_PHOTO_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, "photo"); 3326 3327 /** 3328 * This URI allows the caller to query for the maximum number of stream items 3329 * that will be stored under any single raw contact. 3330 * 3331 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3332 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3333 */ 3334 @Deprecated 3335 public static final Uri CONTENT_LIMIT_URI = 3336 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "stream_items_limit"); 3337 3338 /** 3339 * The MIME type of a directory of stream items. 3340 * 3341 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3342 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3343 */ 3344 @Deprecated 3345 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/stream_item"; 3346 3347 /** 3348 * The MIME type of a single stream item. 3349 * 3350 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3351 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3352 */ 3353 @Deprecated 3354 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/stream_item"; 3355 3356 /** 3357 * Queries to {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems#CONTENT_LIMIT_URI} will 3358 * contain this column, with the value indicating the maximum number of 3359 * stream items that will be stored under any single raw contact. 3360 * 3361 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3362 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3363 */ 3364 @Deprecated 3365 public static final String MAX_ITEMS = "max_items"; 3366 3367 /** 3368 * <p> 3369 * A sub-directory of a single stream item entry that contains all of its 3370 * photo rows. To access this 3371 * directory append {@link StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to 3372 * an individual stream item URI. 3373 * </p> 3374 * <p> 3375 * Access to social stream photos requires additional permissions beyond the read/write 3376 * contact permissions required by the provider. Querying for social stream photos 3377 * requires android.permission.READ_SOCIAL_STREAM permission, and inserting or updating 3378 * social stream photos requires android.permission.WRITE_SOCIAL_STREAM permission. 3379 * </p> 3380 * 3381 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3382 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3383 * 3384 * @hide 3385 * @removed 3386 */ 3387 @Deprecated 3388 public static final class StreamItemPhotos 3389 implements BaseColumns, StreamItemPhotosColumns { 3390 /** 3391 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 3392 * 3393 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3394 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3395 */ 3396 @Deprecated 3397 private StreamItemPhotos() { 3398 } 3399 3400 /** 3401 * The directory twig for this sub-table 3402 * 3403 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3404 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3405 */ 3406 @Deprecated 3407 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "photo"; 3408 3409 /** 3410 * The MIME type of a directory of stream item photos. 3411 * 3412 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3413 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3414 */ 3415 @Deprecated 3416 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/stream_item_photo"; 3417 3418 /** 3419 * The MIME type of a single stream item photo. 3420 * 3421 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3422 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3423 */ 3424 @Deprecated 3425 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE 3426 = "vnd.android.cursor.item/stream_item_photo"; 3427 } 3428 } 3429 3430 /** 3431 * Columns in the StreamItems table. 3432 * 3433 * @see ContactsContract.StreamItems 3434 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3435 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3436 * 3437 * @hide 3438 * @removed 3439 */ 3440 @Deprecated 3441 protected interface StreamItemsColumns { 3442 /** 3443 * A reference to the {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts#_ID} 3444 * that this stream item belongs to. 3445 * 3446 * <p>Type: INTEGER</p> 3447 * <p>read-only</p> 3448 * 3449 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3450 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3451 */ 3452 @Deprecated 3453 public static final String CONTACT_ID = "contact_id"; 3454 3455 /** 3456 * A reference to the {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts#LOOKUP_KEY} 3457 * that this stream item belongs to. 3458 * 3459 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3460 * <p>read-only</p> 3461 * 3462 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3463 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3464 */ 3465 @Deprecated 3466 public static final String CONTACT_LOOKUP_KEY = "contact_lookup"; 3467 3468 /** 3469 * A reference to the {@link RawContacts#_ID} 3470 * that this stream item belongs to. 3471 * <p>Type: INTEGER</p> 3472 * 3473 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3474 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3475 */ 3476 @Deprecated 3477 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_ID = "raw_contact_id"; 3478 3479 /** 3480 * The package name to use when creating {@link Resources} objects for 3481 * this stream item. This value is only designed for use when building 3482 * user interfaces, and should not be used to infer the owner. 3483 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3484 * 3485 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3486 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3487 */ 3488 @Deprecated 3489 public static final String RES_PACKAGE = "res_package"; 3490 3491 /** 3492 * The account type to which the raw_contact of this item is associated. See 3493 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} 3494 * 3495 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3496 * <p>read-only</p> 3497 * 3498 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3499 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3500 */ 3501 @Deprecated 3502 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "account_type"; 3503 3504 /** 3505 * The account name to which the raw_contact of this item is associated. See 3506 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_NAME} 3507 * 3508 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3509 * <p>read-only</p> 3510 * 3511 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3512 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3513 */ 3514 @Deprecated 3515 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "account_name"; 3516 3517 /** 3518 * The data set within the account that the raw_contact of this row belongs to. This allows 3519 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 3520 * each others' data. 3521 * {@link RawContacts#DATA_SET} 3522 * 3523 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3524 * <p>read-only</p> 3525 * 3526 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3527 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3528 */ 3529 @Deprecated 3530 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 3531 3532 /** 3533 * The source_id of the raw_contact that this row belongs to. 3534 * {@link RawContacts#SOURCE_ID} 3535 * 3536 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3537 * <p>read-only</p> 3538 * 3539 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3540 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3541 */ 3542 @Deprecated 3543 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_SOURCE_ID = "raw_contact_source_id"; 3544 3545 /** 3546 * The resource name of the icon for the source of the stream item. 3547 * This resource should be scoped by the {@link #RES_PACKAGE}. As this can only reference 3548 * drawables, the "@drawable/" prefix must be omitted. 3549 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3550 * 3551 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3552 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3553 */ 3554 @Deprecated 3555 public static final String RES_ICON = "icon"; 3556 3557 /** 3558 * The resource name of the label describing the source of the status update, e.g. "Google 3559 * Talk". This resource should be scoped by the {@link #RES_PACKAGE}. As this can only 3560 * reference strings, the "@string/" prefix must be omitted. 3561 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3562 * 3563 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3564 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3565 */ 3566 @Deprecated 3567 public static final String RES_LABEL = "label"; 3568 3569 /** 3570 * <P> 3571 * The main textual contents of the item. Typically this is content 3572 * that was posted by the source of this stream item, but it can also 3573 * be a textual representation of an action (e.g. ”Checked in at Joe's”). 3574 * This text is displayed to the user and allows formatting and embedded 3575 * resource images via HTML (as parseable via 3576 * {@link android.text.Html#fromHtml}). 3577 * </P> 3578 * <P> 3579 * Long content may be truncated and/or ellipsized - the exact behavior 3580 * is unspecified, but it should not break tags. 3581 * </P> 3582 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3583 * 3584 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3585 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3586 */ 3587 @Deprecated 3588 public static final String TEXT = "text"; 3589 3590 /** 3591 * The absolute time (milliseconds since epoch) when this stream item was 3592 * inserted/updated. 3593 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 3594 * 3595 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3596 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3597 */ 3598 @Deprecated 3599 public static final String TIMESTAMP = "timestamp"; 3600 3601 /** 3602 * <P> 3603 * Summary information about the stream item, for example to indicate how 3604 * many people have reshared it, how many have liked it, how many thumbs 3605 * up and/or thumbs down it has, what the original source was, etc. 3606 * </P> 3607 * <P> 3608 * This text is displayed to the user and allows simple formatting via 3609 * HTML, in the same manner as {@link #TEXT} allows. 3610 * </P> 3611 * <P> 3612 * Long content may be truncated and/or ellipsized - the exact behavior 3613 * is unspecified, but it should not break tags. 3614 * </P> 3615 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3616 * 3617 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3618 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3619 */ 3620 @Deprecated 3621 public static final String COMMENTS = "comments"; 3622 3623 /** 3624 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3625 * 3626 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3627 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3628 */ 3629 @Deprecated 3630 public static final String SYNC1 = "stream_item_sync1"; 3631 /** 3632 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3633 * 3634 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3635 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3636 */ 3637 @Deprecated 3638 public static final String SYNC2 = "stream_item_sync2"; 3639 /** 3640 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3641 * 3642 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3643 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3644 */ 3645 @Deprecated 3646 public static final String SYNC3 = "stream_item_sync3"; 3647 /** 3648 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3649 * 3650 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3651 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3652 */ 3653 @Deprecated 3654 public static final String SYNC4 = "stream_item_sync4"; 3655 } 3656 3657 /** 3658 * <p> 3659 * Constants for the stream_item_photos table, which contains photos associated with 3660 * social stream updates. 3661 * </p> 3662 * <p> 3663 * Access to social stream photos requires additional permissions beyond the read/write 3664 * contact permissions required by the provider. Querying for social stream photos 3665 * requires android.permission.READ_SOCIAL_STREAM permission, and inserting or updating 3666 * social stream photos requires android.permission.WRITE_SOCIAL_STREAM permission. 3667 * </p> 3668 * <h3>Account check</h3> 3669 * <p> 3670 * The content URIs to the insert, update and delete operations are required to have the account 3671 * information matching that of the owning raw contact as query parameters, namely 3672 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} and {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_NAME}. 3673 * {@link RawContacts#DATA_SET} isn't required. 3674 * </p> 3675 * <h3>Operations</h3> 3676 * <dl> 3677 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 3678 * <dd> 3679 * <p>Social stream photo entries are associated with a social stream item. Photos 3680 * can be inserted into a social stream item in a couple of ways: 3681 * <dl> 3682 * <dt> 3683 * Via the {@link StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} sub-path of a 3684 * stream item: 3685 * </dt> 3686 * <dd> 3687 * <pre> 3688 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3689 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.SORT_INDEX, 1); 3690 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, photoData); 3691 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3692 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemId); 3693 * builder.appendEncodedPath(StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3694 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3695 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3696 * Uri photoUri = getContentResolver().insert(builder.build(), values); 3697 * long photoId = ContentUris.parseId(photoUri); 3698 * </pre> 3699 * </dd> 3700 * <dt>Via the {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems#CONTENT_PHOTO_URI} URI:</dt> 3701 * <dd> 3702 * <pre> 3703 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3704 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.STREAM_ITEM_ID, streamItemId); 3705 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.SORT_INDEX, 1); 3706 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, photoData); 3707 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_PHOTO_URI.buildUpon(); 3708 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3709 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3710 * Uri photoUri = getContentResolver().insert(builder.build(), values); 3711 * long photoId = ContentUris.parseId(photoUri); 3712 * </pre> 3713 * </dd> 3714 * </dl> 3715 * </p> 3716 * </dd> 3717 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 3718 * <dd> 3719 * <p>Updates can only be made against a specific {@link StreamItemPhotos} entry, 3720 * identified by both the stream item ID it belongs to and the stream item photo ID. 3721 * This can be specified in two ways. 3722 * <dl> 3723 * <dt>Via the {@link StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} sub-path of a 3724 * stream item: 3725 * </dt> 3726 * <dd> 3727 * <pre> 3728 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3729 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, newPhotoData); 3730 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3731 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemId); 3732 * builder.appendEncodedPath(StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3733 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemPhotoId); 3734 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3735 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3736 * getContentResolver().update(builder.build(), values, null, null); 3737 * </pre> 3738 * </dd> 3739 * <dt>Via the {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems#CONTENT_PHOTO_URI} URI:</dt> 3740 * <dd> 3741 * <pre> 3742 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3743 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.STREAM_ITEM_ID, streamItemId); 3744 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, newPhotoData); 3745 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_PHOTO_URI.buildUpon(); 3746 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3747 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3748 * getContentResolver().update(builder.build(), values); 3749 * </pre> 3750 * </dd> 3751 * </dl> 3752 * </p> 3753 * </dd> 3754 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 3755 * <dd>Deletes can be made against either a specific photo item in a stream item, or 3756 * against all or a selected subset of photo items under a stream item. 3757 * For example: 3758 * <dl> 3759 * <dt>Deleting a single photo via the 3760 * {@link StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} sub-path of a stream item: 3761 * </dt> 3762 * <dd> 3763 * <pre> 3764 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3765 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemId); 3766 * builder.appendEncodedPath(StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3767 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemPhotoId); 3768 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3769 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3770 * getContentResolver().delete(builder.build(), null, null); 3771 * </pre> 3772 * </dd> 3773 * <dt>Deleting all photos under a stream item</dt> 3774 * <dd> 3775 * <pre> 3776 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3777 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemId); 3778 * builder.appendEncodedPath(StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3779 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3780 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3781 * getContentResolver().delete(builder.build(), null, null); 3782 * </pre> 3783 * </dd> 3784 * </dl> 3785 * </dd> 3786 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 3787 * <dl> 3788 * <dt>Querying for a specific photo in a stream item</dt> 3789 * <dd> 3790 * <pre> 3791 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query( 3792 * ContentUris.withAppendedId( 3793 * Uri.withAppendedPath( 3794 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(StreamItems.CONTENT_URI, streamItemId) 3795 * StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY), 3796 * streamItemPhotoId), null, null, null, null); 3797 * </pre> 3798 * </dd> 3799 * <dt>Querying for all photos in a stream item</dt> 3800 * <dd> 3801 * <pre> 3802 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query( 3803 * Uri.withAppendedPath( 3804 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(StreamItems.CONTENT_URI, streamItemId) 3805 * StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY), 3806 * null, null, null, StreamItemPhotos.SORT_INDEX); 3807 * </pre> 3808 * </dl> 3809 * The record will contain both a {@link StreamItemPhotos#PHOTO_FILE_ID} and a 3810 * {@link StreamItemPhotos#PHOTO_URI}. The {@link StreamItemPhotos#PHOTO_FILE_ID} 3811 * can be used in conjunction with the {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto} API to 3812 * retrieve photo content, or you can open the {@link StreamItemPhotos#PHOTO_URI} as 3813 * an asset file, as follows: 3814 * <pre> 3815 * public InputStream openDisplayPhoto(String photoUri) { 3816 * try { 3817 * AssetFileDescriptor fd = getContentResolver().openAssetFileDescriptor(photoUri, "r"); 3818 * return fd.createInputStream(); 3819 * } catch (IOException e) { 3820 * return null; 3821 * } 3822 * } 3823 * <pre> 3824 * </dd> 3825 * </dl> 3826 * 3827 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3828 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3829 * 3830 * @hide 3831 * @removed 3832 */ 3833 @Deprecated 3834 public static final class StreamItemPhotos implements BaseColumns, StreamItemPhotosColumns { 3835 /** 3836 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 3837 * 3838 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3839 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3840 */ 3841 @Deprecated 3842 private StreamItemPhotos() { 3843 } 3844 3845 /** 3846 * <p> 3847 * The binary representation of the photo. Any size photo can be inserted; 3848 * the provider will resize it appropriately for storage and display. 3849 * </p> 3850 * <p> 3851 * This is only intended for use when inserting or updating a stream item photo. 3852 * To retrieve the photo that was stored, open {@link StreamItemPhotos#PHOTO_URI} 3853 * as an asset file. 3854 * </p> 3855 * <P>Type: BLOB</P> 3856 * 3857 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3858 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3859 */ 3860 @Deprecated 3861 public static final String PHOTO = "photo"; 3862 } 3863 3864 /** 3865 * Columns in the StreamItemPhotos table. 3866 * 3867 * @see ContactsContract.StreamItemPhotos 3868 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3869 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3870 * 3871 * @hide 3872 * @removed 3873 */ 3874 @Deprecated 3875 protected interface StreamItemPhotosColumns { 3876 /** 3877 * A reference to the {@link StreamItems#_ID} this photo is associated with. 3878 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 3879 * 3880 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3881 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3882 */ 3883 @Deprecated 3884 public static final String STREAM_ITEM_ID = "stream_item_id"; 3885 3886 /** 3887 * An integer to use for sort order for photos in the stream item. If not 3888 * specified, the {@link StreamItemPhotos#_ID} will be used for sorting. 3889 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 3890 * 3891 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3892 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3893 */ 3894 @Deprecated 3895 public static final String SORT_INDEX = "sort_index"; 3896 3897 /** 3898 * Photo file ID for the photo. 3899 * See {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto}. 3900 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 3901 * 3902 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3903 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3904 */ 3905 @Deprecated 3906 public static final String PHOTO_FILE_ID = "photo_file_id"; 3907 3908 /** 3909 * URI for retrieving the photo content, automatically populated. Callers 3910 * may retrieve the photo content by opening this URI as an asset file. 3911 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3912 * 3913 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3914 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3915 */ 3916 @Deprecated 3917 public static final String PHOTO_URI = "photo_uri"; 3918 3919 /** 3920 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3921 * 3922 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3923 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3924 */ 3925 @Deprecated 3926 public static final String SYNC1 = "stream_item_photo_sync1"; 3927 /** 3928 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3929 * 3930 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3931 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3932 */ 3933 @Deprecated 3934 public static final String SYNC2 = "stream_item_photo_sync2"; 3935 /** 3936 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3937 * 3938 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3939 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3940 */ 3941 @Deprecated 3942 public static final String SYNC3 = "stream_item_photo_sync3"; 3943 /** 3944 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3945 * 3946 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3947 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3948 */ 3949 @Deprecated 3950 public static final String SYNC4 = "stream_item_photo_sync4"; 3951 } 3952 3953 /** 3954 * <p> 3955 * Constants for the photo files table, which tracks metadata for hi-res photos 3956 * stored in the file system. 3957 * </p> 3958 * 3959 * @hide 3960 */ 3961 public static final class PhotoFiles implements BaseColumns, PhotoFilesColumns { 3962 /** 3963 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 3964 */ 3965 private PhotoFiles() { 3966 } 3967 } 3968 3969 /** 3970 * Columns in the PhotoFiles table. 3971 * 3972 * @see ContactsContract.PhotoFiles 3973 * 3974 * @hide 3975 */ 3976 protected interface PhotoFilesColumns { 3977 3978 /** 3979 * The height, in pixels, of the photo this entry is associated with. 3980 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 3981 */ 3982 public static final String HEIGHT = "height"; 3983 3984 /** 3985 * The width, in pixels, of the photo this entry is associated with. 3986 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 3987 */ 3988 public static final String WIDTH = "width"; 3989 3990 /** 3991 * The size, in bytes, of the photo stored on disk. 3992 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 3993 */ 3994 public static final String FILESIZE = "filesize"; 3995 } 3996 3997 /** 3998 * Columns in the Data table. 3999 * 4000 * @see ContactsContract.Data 4001 */ 4002 protected interface DataColumns { 4003 /** 4004 * The package name to use when creating {@link Resources} objects for 4005 * this data row. This value is only designed for use when building user 4006 * interfaces, and should not be used to infer the owner. 4007 */ 4008 public static final String RES_PACKAGE = "res_package"; 4009 4010 /** 4011 * The MIME type of the item represented by this row. 4012 */ 4013 public static final String MIMETYPE = "mimetype"; 4014 4015 /** 4016 * Hash id on the data fields, used for backup and restore. 4017 * 4018 * @hide 4019 */ 4020 public static final String HASH_ID = "hash_id"; 4021 4022 /** 4023 * A reference to the {@link RawContacts#_ID} 4024 * that this data belongs to. 4025 */ 4026 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_ID = "raw_contact_id"; 4027 4028 /** 4029 * Whether this is the primary entry of its kind for the raw contact it belongs to. 4030 * <P>Type: INTEGER (if set, non-0 means true)</P> 4031 */ 4032 public static final String IS_PRIMARY = "is_primary"; 4033 4034 /** 4035 * Whether this is the primary entry of its kind for the aggregate 4036 * contact it belongs to. Any data record that is "super primary" must 4037 * also be "primary". 4038 * <P>Type: INTEGER (if set, non-0 means true)</P> 4039 */ 4040 public static final String IS_SUPER_PRIMARY = "is_super_primary"; 4041 4042 /** 4043 * The "read-only" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row cannot be modified or 4044 * deleted except by a sync adapter. See {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER}. 4045 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 4046 */ 4047 public static final String IS_READ_ONLY = "is_read_only"; 4048 4049 /** 4050 * The version of this data record. This is a read-only value. The data column is 4051 * guaranteed to not change without the version going up. This value is monotonically 4052 * increasing. 4053 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 4054 */ 4055 public static final String DATA_VERSION = "data_version"; 4056 4057 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4058 public static final String DATA1 = "data1"; 4059 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4060 public static final String DATA2 = "data2"; 4061 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4062 public static final String DATA3 = "data3"; 4063 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4064 public static final String DATA4 = "data4"; 4065 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4066 public static final String DATA5 = "data5"; 4067 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4068 public static final String DATA6 = "data6"; 4069 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4070 public static final String DATA7 = "data7"; 4071 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4072 public static final String DATA8 = "data8"; 4073 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4074 public static final String DATA9 = "data9"; 4075 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4076 public static final String DATA10 = "data10"; 4077 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4078 public static final String DATA11 = "data11"; 4079 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4080 public static final String DATA12 = "data12"; 4081 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4082 public static final String DATA13 = "data13"; 4083 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4084 public static final String DATA14 = "data14"; 4085 /** 4086 * Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific. By convention, 4087 * this field is used to store BLOBs (binary data). 4088 */ 4089 public static final String DATA15 = "data15"; 4090 4091 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 4092 public static final String SYNC1 = "data_sync1"; 4093 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 4094 public static final String SYNC2 = "data_sync2"; 4095 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 4096 public static final String SYNC3 = "data_sync3"; 4097 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 4098 public static final String SYNC4 = "data_sync4"; 4099 4100 /** 4101 * Carrier presence information. 4102 * <P> 4103 * Type: INTEGER (A bitmask of CARRIER_PRESENCE_* fields) 4104 * </P> 4105 */ 4106 public static final String CARRIER_PRESENCE = "carrier_presence"; 4107 4108 /** 4109 * Indicates that the entry is Video Telephony (VT) capable on the 4110 * current carrier. An allowed bitmask of {@link #CARRIER_PRESENCE}. 4111 */ 4112 public static final int CARRIER_PRESENCE_VT_CAPABLE = 0x01; 4113 } 4114 4115 /** 4116 * Columns in the Data_Usage_Stat table 4117 */ 4118 protected interface DataUsageStatColumns { 4119 /** The last time (in milliseconds) this {@link Data} was used. */ 4120 public static final String LAST_TIME_USED = "last_time_used"; 4121 4122 /** The number of times the referenced {@link Data} has been used. */ 4123 public static final String TIMES_USED = "times_used"; 4124 } 4125 4126 /** 4127 * Combines all columns returned by {@link ContactsContract.Data} table queries. 4128 * 4129 * @see ContactsContract.Data 4130 */ 4131 protected interface DataColumnsWithJoins extends BaseColumns, DataColumns, StatusColumns, 4132 RawContactsColumns, ContactsColumns, ContactNameColumns, ContactOptionsColumns, 4133 ContactStatusColumns, DataUsageStatColumns { 4134 } 4135 4136 /** 4137 * <p> 4138 * Constants for the data table, which contains data points tied to a raw 4139 * contact. Each row of the data table is typically used to store a single 4140 * piece of contact 4141 * information (such as a phone number) and its 4142 * associated metadata (such as whether it is a work or home number). 4143 * </p> 4144 * <h3>Data kinds</h3> 4145 * <p> 4146 * Data is a generic table that can hold any kind of contact data. 4147 * The kind of data stored in a given row is specified by the row's 4148 * {@link #MIMETYPE} value, which determines the meaning of the 4149 * generic columns {@link #DATA1} through 4150 * {@link #DATA15}. 4151 * For example, if the data kind is 4152 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}, then the column 4153 * {@link #DATA1} stores the 4154 * phone number, but if the data kind is 4155 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email Email.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}, then {@link #DATA1} 4156 * stores the email address. 4157 * Sync adapters and applications can introduce their own data kinds. 4158 * </p> 4159 * <p> 4160 * ContactsContract defines a small number of pre-defined data kinds, e.g. 4161 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}, {@link CommonDataKinds.Email} etc. As a 4162 * convenience, these classes define data kind specific aliases for DATA1 etc. 4163 * For example, {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone Phone.NUMBER} is the same as 4164 * {@link ContactsContract.Data Data.DATA1}. 4165 * </p> 4166 * <p> 4167 * {@link #DATA1} is an indexed column and should be used for the data element that is 4168 * expected to be most frequently used in query selections. For example, in the 4169 * case of a row representing email addresses {@link #DATA1} should probably 4170 * be used for the email address itself, while {@link #DATA2} etc can be 4171 * used for auxiliary information like type of email address. 4172 * <p> 4173 * <p> 4174 * By convention, {@link #DATA15} is used for storing BLOBs (binary data). 4175 * </p> 4176 * <p> 4177 * The sync adapter for a given account type must correctly handle every data type 4178 * used in the corresponding raw contacts. Otherwise it could result in lost or 4179 * corrupted data. 4180 * </p> 4181 * <p> 4182 * Similarly, you should refrain from introducing new kinds of data for an other 4183 * party's account types. For example, if you add a data row for 4184 * "favorite song" to a raw contact owned by a Google account, it will not 4185 * get synced to the server, because the Google sync adapter does not know 4186 * how to handle this data kind. Thus new data kinds are typically 4187 * introduced along with new account types, i.e. new sync adapters. 4188 * </p> 4189 * <h3>Batch operations</h3> 4190 * <p> 4191 * Data rows can be inserted/updated/deleted using the traditional 4192 * {@link ContentResolver#insert}, {@link ContentResolver#update} and 4193 * {@link ContentResolver#delete} methods, however the newer mechanism based 4194 * on a batch of {@link ContentProviderOperation} will prove to be a better 4195 * choice in almost all cases. All operations in a batch are executed in a 4196 * single transaction, which ensures that the phone-side and server-side 4197 * state of a raw contact are always consistent. Also, the batch-based 4198 * approach is far more efficient: not only are the database operations 4199 * faster when executed in a single transaction, but also sending a batch of 4200 * commands to the content provider saves a lot of time on context switching 4201 * between your process and the process in which the content provider runs. 4202 * </p> 4203 * <p> 4204 * The flip side of using batched operations is that a large batch may lock 4205 * up the database for a long time preventing other applications from 4206 * accessing data and potentially causing ANRs ("Application Not Responding" 4207 * dialogs.) 4208 * </p> 4209 * <p> 4210 * To avoid such lockups of the database, make sure to insert "yield points" 4211 * in the batch. A yield point indicates to the content provider that before 4212 * executing the next operation it can commit the changes that have already 4213 * been made, yield to other requests, open another transaction and continue 4214 * processing operations. A yield point will not automatically commit the 4215 * transaction, but only if there is another request waiting on the 4216 * database. Normally a sync adapter should insert a yield point at the 4217 * beginning of each raw contact operation sequence in the batch. See 4218 * {@link ContentProviderOperation.Builder#withYieldAllowed(boolean)}. 4219 * </p> 4220 * <h3>Operations</h3> 4221 * <dl> 4222 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 4223 * <dd> 4224 * <p> 4225 * An individual data row can be inserted using the traditional 4226 * {@link ContentResolver#insert(Uri, ContentValues)} method. Multiple rows 4227 * should always be inserted as a batch. 4228 * </p> 4229 * <p> 4230 * An example of a traditional insert: 4231 * <pre> 4232 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 4233 * values.put(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId); 4234 * values.put(Data.MIMETYPE, Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE); 4235 * values.put(Phone.NUMBER, "1-800-GOOG-411"); 4236 * values.put(Phone.TYPE, Phone.TYPE_CUSTOM); 4237 * values.put(Phone.LABEL, "free directory assistance"); 4238 * Uri dataUri = getContentResolver().insert(Data.CONTENT_URI, values); 4239 * </pre> 4240 * <p> 4241 * The same done using ContentProviderOperations: 4242 * <pre> 4243 * ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation> ops = 4244 * new ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation>(); 4245 * 4246 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newInsert(Data.CONTENT_URI) 4247 * .withValue(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId) 4248 * .withValue(Data.MIMETYPE, Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE) 4249 * .withValue(Phone.NUMBER, "1-800-GOOG-411") 4250 * .withValue(Phone.TYPE, Phone.TYPE_CUSTOM) 4251 * .withValue(Phone.LABEL, "free directory assistance") 4252 * .build()); 4253 * getContentResolver().applyBatch(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY, ops); 4254 * </pre> 4255 * </p> 4256 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 4257 * <dd> 4258 * <p> 4259 * Just as with insert, update can be done incrementally or as a batch, 4260 * the batch mode being the preferred method: 4261 * <pre> 4262 * ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation> ops = 4263 * new ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation>(); 4264 * 4265 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newUpdate(Data.CONTENT_URI) 4266 * .withSelection(Data._ID + "=?", new String[]{String.valueOf(dataId)}) 4267 * .withValue(Email.DATA, "somebody@android.com") 4268 * .build()); 4269 * getContentResolver().applyBatch(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY, ops); 4270 * </pre> 4271 * </p> 4272 * </dd> 4273 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 4274 * <dd> 4275 * <p> 4276 * Just as with insert and update, deletion can be done either using the 4277 * {@link ContentResolver#delete} method or using a ContentProviderOperation: 4278 * <pre> 4279 * ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation> ops = 4280 * new ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation>(); 4281 * 4282 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newDelete(Data.CONTENT_URI) 4283 * .withSelection(Data._ID + "=?", new String[]{String.valueOf(dataId)}) 4284 * .build()); 4285 * getContentResolver().applyBatch(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY, ops); 4286 * </pre> 4287 * </p> 4288 * </dd> 4289 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 4290 * <dd> 4291 * <p> 4292 * <dl> 4293 * <dt>Finding all Data of a given type for a given contact</dt> 4294 * <dd> 4295 * <pre> 4296 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(Data.CONTENT_URI, 4297 * new String[] {Data._ID, Phone.NUMBER, Phone.TYPE, Phone.LABEL}, 4298 * Data.CONTACT_ID + "=?" + " AND " 4299 * + Data.MIMETYPE + "='" + Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE + "'", 4300 * new String[] {String.valueOf(contactId)}, null); 4301 * </pre> 4302 * </p> 4303 * <p> 4304 * </dd> 4305 * <dt>Finding all Data of a given type for a given raw contact</dt> 4306 * <dd> 4307 * <pre> 4308 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(Data.CONTENT_URI, 4309 * new String[] {Data._ID, Phone.NUMBER, Phone.TYPE, Phone.LABEL}, 4310 * Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID + "=?" + " AND " 4311 * + Data.MIMETYPE + "='" + Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE + "'", 4312 * new String[] {String.valueOf(rawContactId)}, null); 4313 * </pre> 4314 * </dd> 4315 * <dt>Finding all Data for a given raw contact</dt> 4316 * <dd> 4317 * Most sync adapters will want to read all data rows for a raw contact 4318 * along with the raw contact itself. For that you should use the 4319 * {@link RawContactsEntity}. See also {@link RawContacts}. 4320 * </dd> 4321 * </dl> 4322 * </p> 4323 * </dd> 4324 * </dl> 4325 * <h2>Columns</h2> 4326 * <p> 4327 * Many columns are available via a {@link Data#CONTENT_URI} query. For best performance you 4328 * should explicitly specify a projection to only those columns that you need. 4329 * </p> 4330 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4331 * <tr> 4332 * <th colspan='4'>Data</th> 4333 * </tr> 4334 * <tr> 4335 * <td style="width: 7em;">long</td> 4336 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #_ID}</td> 4337 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4338 * <td>Row ID. Sync adapter should try to preserve row IDs during updates. In other words, 4339 * it would be a bad idea to delete and reinsert a data row. A sync adapter should 4340 * always do an update instead.</td> 4341 * </tr> 4342 * <tr> 4343 * <td>String</td> 4344 * <td>{@link #MIMETYPE}</td> 4345 * <td>read/write-once</td> 4346 * <td> 4347 * <p>The MIME type of the item represented by this row. Examples of common 4348 * MIME types are: 4349 * <ul> 4350 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.StructuredName StructuredName.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4351 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Phone Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4352 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Email Email.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4353 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Photo Photo.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4354 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Organization Organization.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4355 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Im Im.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4356 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Nickname Nickname.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4357 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Note Note.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4358 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.StructuredPostal StructuredPostal.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4359 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership GroupMembership.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4360 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Website Website.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4361 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Event Event.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4362 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Relation Relation.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4363 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.SipAddress SipAddress.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4364 * </ul> 4365 * </p> 4366 * </td> 4367 * </tr> 4368 * <tr> 4369 * <td>long</td> 4370 * <td>{@link #RAW_CONTACT_ID}</td> 4371 * <td>read/write-once</td> 4372 * <td>The id of the row in the {@link RawContacts} table that this data belongs to.</td> 4373 * </tr> 4374 * <tr> 4375 * <td>int</td> 4376 * <td>{@link #IS_PRIMARY}</td> 4377 * <td>read/write</td> 4378 * <td>Whether this is the primary entry of its kind for the raw contact it belongs to. 4379 * "1" if true, "0" if false. 4380 * </td> 4381 * </tr> 4382 * <tr> 4383 * <td>int</td> 4384 * <td>{@link #IS_SUPER_PRIMARY}</td> 4385 * <td>read/write</td> 4386 * <td>Whether this is the primary entry of its kind for the aggregate 4387 * contact it belongs to. Any data record that is "super primary" must 4388 * also be "primary". For example, the super-primary entry may be 4389 * interpreted as the default contact value of its kind (for example, 4390 * the default phone number to use for the contact).</td> 4391 * </tr> 4392 * <tr> 4393 * <td>int</td> 4394 * <td>{@link #DATA_VERSION}</td> 4395 * <td>read-only</td> 4396 * <td>The version of this data record. Whenever the data row changes 4397 * the version goes up. This value is monotonically increasing.</td> 4398 * </tr> 4399 * <tr> 4400 * <td>Any type</td> 4401 * <td> 4402 * {@link #DATA1}<br> 4403 * {@link #DATA2}<br> 4404 * {@link #DATA3}<br> 4405 * {@link #DATA4}<br> 4406 * {@link #DATA5}<br> 4407 * {@link #DATA6}<br> 4408 * {@link #DATA7}<br> 4409 * {@link #DATA8}<br> 4410 * {@link #DATA9}<br> 4411 * {@link #DATA10}<br> 4412 * {@link #DATA11}<br> 4413 * {@link #DATA12}<br> 4414 * {@link #DATA13}<br> 4415 * {@link #DATA14}<br> 4416 * {@link #DATA15} 4417 * </td> 4418 * <td>read/write</td> 4419 * <td> 4420 * <p> 4421 * Generic data columns. The meaning of each column is determined by the 4422 * {@link #MIMETYPE}. By convention, {@link #DATA15} is used for storing 4423 * BLOBs (binary data). 4424 * </p> 4425 * <p> 4426 * Data columns whose meaning is not explicitly defined for a given MIMETYPE 4427 * should not be used. There is no guarantee that any sync adapter will 4428 * preserve them. Sync adapters themselves should not use such columns either, 4429 * but should instead use {@link #SYNC1}-{@link #SYNC4}. 4430 * </p> 4431 * </td> 4432 * </tr> 4433 * <tr> 4434 * <td>Any type</td> 4435 * <td> 4436 * {@link #SYNC1}<br> 4437 * {@link #SYNC2}<br> 4438 * {@link #SYNC3}<br> 4439 * {@link #SYNC4} 4440 * </td> 4441 * <td>read/write</td> 4442 * <td>Generic columns for use by sync adapters. For example, a Photo row 4443 * may store the image URL in SYNC1, a status (not loaded, loading, loaded, error) 4444 * in SYNC2, server-side version number in SYNC3 and error code in SYNC4.</td> 4445 * </tr> 4446 * </table> 4447 * 4448 * <p> 4449 * Some columns from the most recent associated status update are also available 4450 * through an implicit join. 4451 * </p> 4452 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4453 * <tr> 4454 * <th colspan='4'>Join with {@link StatusUpdates}</th> 4455 * </tr> 4456 * <tr> 4457 * <td style="width: 7em;">int</td> 4458 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #PRESENCE}</td> 4459 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4460 * <td>IM presence status linked to this data row. Compare with 4461 * {@link #CONTACT_PRESENCE}, which contains the contact's presence across 4462 * all IM rows. See {@link StatusUpdates} for individual status definitions. 4463 * The provider may choose not to store this value 4464 * in persistent storage. The expectation is that presence status will be 4465 * updated on a regular basis. 4466 * </td> 4467 * </tr> 4468 * <tr> 4469 * <td>String</td> 4470 * <td>{@link #STATUS}</td> 4471 * <td>read-only</td> 4472 * <td>Latest status update linked with this data row.</td> 4473 * </tr> 4474 * <tr> 4475 * <td>long</td> 4476 * <td>{@link #STATUS_TIMESTAMP}</td> 4477 * <td>read-only</td> 4478 * <td>The absolute time in milliseconds when the latest status was 4479 * inserted/updated for this data row.</td> 4480 * </tr> 4481 * <tr> 4482 * <td>String</td> 4483 * <td>{@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}</td> 4484 * <td>read-only</td> 4485 * <td>The package containing resources for this status: label and icon.</td> 4486 * </tr> 4487 * <tr> 4488 * <td>long</td> 4489 * <td>{@link #STATUS_LABEL}</td> 4490 * <td>read-only</td> 4491 * <td>The resource ID of the label describing the source of status update linked 4492 * to this data row. This resource is scoped by the {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 4493 * </tr> 4494 * <tr> 4495 * <td>long</td> 4496 * <td>{@link #STATUS_ICON}</td> 4497 * <td>read-only</td> 4498 * <td>The resource ID of the icon for the source of the status update linked 4499 * to this data row. This resource is scoped by the {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 4500 * </tr> 4501 * </table> 4502 * 4503 * <p> 4504 * Some columns from the associated raw contact are also available through an 4505 * implicit join. The other columns are excluded as uninteresting in this 4506 * context. 4507 * </p> 4508 * 4509 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4510 * <tr> 4511 * <th colspan='4'>Join with {@link ContactsContract.RawContacts}</th> 4512 * </tr> 4513 * <tr> 4514 * <td style="width: 7em;">long</td> 4515 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #CONTACT_ID}</td> 4516 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4517 * <td>The id of the row in the {@link Contacts} table that this data belongs 4518 * to.</td> 4519 * </tr> 4520 * <tr> 4521 * <td>int</td> 4522 * <td>{@link #AGGREGATION_MODE}</td> 4523 * <td>read-only</td> 4524 * <td>See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4525 * </tr> 4526 * <tr> 4527 * <td>int</td> 4528 * <td>{@link #DELETED}</td> 4529 * <td>read-only</td> 4530 * <td>See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4531 * </tr> 4532 * </table> 4533 * 4534 * <p> 4535 * The ID column for the associated aggregated contact table 4536 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts} is available 4537 * via the implicit join to the {@link RawContacts} table, see above. 4538 * The remaining columns from this table are also 4539 * available, through an implicit join. This 4540 * facilitates lookup by 4541 * the value of a single data element, such as the email address. 4542 * </p> 4543 * 4544 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4545 * <tr> 4546 * <th colspan='4'>Join with {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}</th> 4547 * </tr> 4548 * <tr> 4549 * <td style="width: 7em;">String</td> 4550 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #LOOKUP_KEY}</td> 4551 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4552 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}</td> 4553 * </tr> 4554 * <tr> 4555 * <td>String</td> 4556 * <td>{@link #DISPLAY_NAME}</td> 4557 * <td>read-only</td> 4558 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}</td> 4559 * </tr> 4560 * <tr> 4561 * <td>long</td> 4562 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_ID}</td> 4563 * <td>read-only</td> 4564 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4565 * </tr> 4566 * <tr> 4567 * <td>int</td> 4568 * <td>{@link #IN_VISIBLE_GROUP}</td> 4569 * <td>read-only</td> 4570 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4571 * </tr> 4572 * <tr> 4573 * <td>int</td> 4574 * <td>{@link #HAS_PHONE_NUMBER}</td> 4575 * <td>read-only</td> 4576 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4577 * </tr> 4578 * <tr> 4579 * <td>int</td> 4580 * <td>{@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}</td> 4581 * <td>read-only</td> 4582 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4583 * </tr> 4584 * <tr> 4585 * <td>long</td> 4586 * <td>{@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}</td> 4587 * <td>read-only</td> 4588 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4589 * </tr> 4590 * <tr> 4591 * <td>int</td> 4592 * <td>{@link #STARRED}</td> 4593 * <td>read-only</td> 4594 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4595 * </tr> 4596 * <tr> 4597 * <td>String</td> 4598 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_RINGTONE}</td> 4599 * <td>read-only</td> 4600 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4601 * </tr> 4602 * <tr> 4603 * <td>int</td> 4604 * <td>{@link #SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL}</td> 4605 * <td>read-only</td> 4606 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4607 * </tr> 4608 * <tr> 4609 * <td>int</td> 4610 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_PRESENCE}</td> 4611 * <td>read-only</td> 4612 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4613 * </tr> 4614 * <tr> 4615 * <td>String</td> 4616 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS}</td> 4617 * <td>read-only</td> 4618 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4619 * </tr> 4620 * <tr> 4621 * <td>long</td> 4622 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_TIMESTAMP}</td> 4623 * <td>read-only</td> 4624 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4625 * </tr> 4626 * <tr> 4627 * <td>String</td> 4628 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}</td> 4629 * <td>read-only</td> 4630 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4631 * </tr> 4632 * <tr> 4633 * <td>long</td> 4634 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_LABEL}</td> 4635 * <td>read-only</td> 4636 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4637 * </tr> 4638 * <tr> 4639 * <td>long</td> 4640 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_ICON}</td> 4641 * <td>read-only</td> 4642 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4643 * </tr> 4644 * </table> 4645 */ 4646 public final static class Data implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 4647 /** 4648 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 4649 */ 4650 private Data() {} 4651 4652 /** 4653 * The content:// style URI for this table, which requests a directory 4654 * of data rows matching the selection criteria. 4655 */ 4656 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "data"); 4657 4658 /** 4659 * The content:// style URI for this table in managed profile, which requests a directory 4660 * of data rows matching the selection criteria. 4661 * 4662 * @hide 4663 */ 4664 static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 4665 "data_enterprise"); 4666 4667 /** 4668 * A boolean parameter for {@link Data#CONTENT_URI}. 4669 * This specifies whether or not the returned data items should be filtered to show 4670 * data items belonging to visible contacts only. 4671 */ 4672 public static final String VISIBLE_CONTACTS_ONLY = "visible_contacts_only"; 4673 4674 /** 4675 * The MIME type of the results from {@link #CONTENT_URI}. 4676 */ 4677 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/data"; 4678 4679 /** 4680 * <p> 4681 * Build a {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} 4682 * style {@link Uri} for the parent {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts} 4683 * entry of the given {@link ContactsContract.Data} entry. 4684 * </p> 4685 * <p> 4686 * Returns the Uri for the contact in the first entry returned by 4687 * {@link ContentResolver#query(Uri, String[], String, String[], String)} 4688 * for the provided {@code dataUri}. If the query returns null or empty 4689 * results, silently returns null. 4690 * </p> 4691 */ 4692 public static Uri getContactLookupUri(ContentResolver resolver, Uri dataUri) { 4693 final Cursor cursor = resolver.query(dataUri, new String[] { 4694 RawContacts.CONTACT_ID, Contacts.LOOKUP_KEY 4695 }, null, null, null); 4696 4697 Uri lookupUri = null; 4698 try { 4699 if (cursor != null && cursor.moveToFirst()) { 4700 final long contactId = cursor.getLong(0); 4701 final String lookupKey = cursor.getString(1); 4702 return Contacts.getLookupUri(contactId, lookupKey); 4703 } 4704 } finally { 4705 if (cursor != null) cursor.close(); 4706 } 4707 return lookupUri; 4708 } 4709 } 4710 4711 /** 4712 * <p> 4713 * Constants for the raw contacts entities table, which can be thought of as 4714 * an outer join of the raw_contacts table with the data table. It is a strictly 4715 * read-only table. 4716 * </p> 4717 * <p> 4718 * If a raw contact has data rows, the RawContactsEntity cursor will contain 4719 * a one row for each data row. If the raw contact has no data rows, the 4720 * cursor will still contain one row with the raw contact-level information 4721 * and nulls for data columns. 4722 * 4723 * <pre> 4724 * Uri entityUri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(RawContactsEntity.CONTENT_URI, rawContactId); 4725 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(entityUri, 4726 * new String[]{ 4727 * RawContactsEntity.SOURCE_ID, 4728 * RawContactsEntity.DATA_ID, 4729 * RawContactsEntity.MIMETYPE, 4730 * RawContactsEntity.DATA1 4731 * }, null, null, null); 4732 * try { 4733 * while (c.moveToNext()) { 4734 * String sourceId = c.getString(0); 4735 * if (!c.isNull(1)) { 4736 * String mimeType = c.getString(2); 4737 * String data = c.getString(3); 4738 * ... 4739 * } 4740 * } 4741 * } finally { 4742 * c.close(); 4743 * } 4744 * </pre> 4745 * 4746 * <h3>Columns</h3> 4747 * RawContactsEntity has a combination of RawContact and Data columns. 4748 * 4749 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4750 * <tr> 4751 * <th colspan='4'>RawContacts</th> 4752 * </tr> 4753 * <tr> 4754 * <td style="width: 7em;">long</td> 4755 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #_ID}</td> 4756 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4757 * <td>Raw contact row ID. See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4758 * </tr> 4759 * <tr> 4760 * <td>long</td> 4761 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_ID}</td> 4762 * <td>read-only</td> 4763 * <td>See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4764 * </tr> 4765 * <tr> 4766 * <td>int</td> 4767 * <td>{@link #AGGREGATION_MODE}</td> 4768 * <td>read-only</td> 4769 * <td>See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4770 * </tr> 4771 * <tr> 4772 * <td>int</td> 4773 * <td>{@link #DELETED}</td> 4774 * <td>read-only</td> 4775 * <td>See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4776 * </tr> 4777 * </table> 4778 * 4779 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4780 * <tr> 4781 * <th colspan='4'>Data</th> 4782 * </tr> 4783 * <tr> 4784 * <td style="width: 7em;">long</td> 4785 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #DATA_ID}</td> 4786 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4787 * <td>Data row ID. It will be null if the raw contact has no data rows.</td> 4788 * </tr> 4789 * <tr> 4790 * <td>String</td> 4791 * <td>{@link #MIMETYPE}</td> 4792 * <td>read-only</td> 4793 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 4794 * </tr> 4795 * <tr> 4796 * <td>int</td> 4797 * <td>{@link #IS_PRIMARY}</td> 4798 * <td>read-only</td> 4799 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 4800 * </tr> 4801 * <tr> 4802 * <td>int</td> 4803 * <td>{@link #IS_SUPER_PRIMARY}</td> 4804 * <td>read-only</td> 4805 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 4806 * </tr> 4807 * <tr> 4808 * <td>int</td> 4809 * <td>{@link #DATA_VERSION}</td> 4810 * <td>read-only</td> 4811 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 4812 * </tr> 4813 * <tr> 4814 * <td>Any type</td> 4815 * <td> 4816 * {@link #DATA1}<br> 4817 * {@link #DATA2}<br> 4818 * {@link #DATA3}<br> 4819 * {@link #DATA4}<br> 4820 * {@link #DATA5}<br> 4821 * {@link #DATA6}<br> 4822 * {@link #DATA7}<br> 4823 * {@link #DATA8}<br> 4824 * {@link #DATA9}<br> 4825 * {@link #DATA10}<br> 4826 * {@link #DATA11}<br> 4827 * {@link #DATA12}<br> 4828 * {@link #DATA13}<br> 4829 * {@link #DATA14}<br> 4830 * {@link #DATA15} 4831 * </td> 4832 * <td>read-only</td> 4833 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 4834 * </tr> 4835 * <tr> 4836 * <td>Any type</td> 4837 * <td> 4838 * {@link #SYNC1}<br> 4839 * {@link #SYNC2}<br> 4840 * {@link #SYNC3}<br> 4841 * {@link #SYNC4} 4842 * </td> 4843 * <td>read-only</td> 4844 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 4845 * </tr> 4846 * </table> 4847 */ 4848 public final static class RawContactsEntity 4849 implements BaseColumns, DataColumns, RawContactsColumns { 4850 /** 4851 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 4852 */ 4853 private RawContactsEntity() {} 4854 4855 /** 4856 * The content:// style URI for this table 4857 */ 4858 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 4859 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "raw_contact_entities"); 4860 4861 /** 4862 * The content:// style URI for this table in corp profile 4863 * 4864 * @hide 4865 */ 4866 public static final Uri CORP_CONTENT_URI = 4867 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "raw_contact_entities_corp"); 4868 4869 /** 4870 * The content:// style URI for this table, specific to the user's profile. 4871 */ 4872 public static final Uri PROFILE_CONTENT_URI = 4873 Uri.withAppendedPath(Profile.CONTENT_URI, "raw_contact_entities"); 4874 4875 /** 4876 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of raw contact entities. 4877 */ 4878 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/raw_contact_entity"; 4879 4880 /** 4881 * If {@link #FOR_EXPORT_ONLY} is explicitly set to "1", returned Cursor toward 4882 * Data.CONTENT_URI contains only exportable data. 4883 * 4884 * This flag is useful (currently) only for vCard exporter in Contacts app, which 4885 * needs to exclude "un-exportable" data from available data to export, while 4886 * Contacts app itself has priviledge to access all data including "un-expotable" 4887 * ones and providers return all of them regardless of the callers' intention. 4888 * <P>Type: INTEGER</p> 4889 * 4890 * @hide Maybe available only in Eclair and not really ready for public use. 4891 * TODO: remove, or implement this feature completely. As of now (Eclair), 4892 * we only use this flag in queryEntities(), not query(). 4893 */ 4894 public static final String FOR_EXPORT_ONLY = "for_export_only"; 4895 4896 /** 4897 * The ID of the data column. The value will be null if this raw contact has no data rows. 4898 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 4899 */ 4900 public static final String DATA_ID = "data_id"; 4901 } 4902 4903 /** 4904 * @see PhoneLookup 4905 */ 4906 protected interface PhoneLookupColumns { 4907 /** 4908 * The phone number as the user entered it. 4909 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 4910 */ 4911 public static final String NUMBER = "number"; 4912 4913 /** 4914 * The type of phone number, for example Home or Work. 4915 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 4916 */ 4917 public static final String TYPE = "type"; 4918 4919 /** 4920 * The user defined label for the phone number. 4921 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 4922 */ 4923 public static final String LABEL = "label"; 4924 4925 /** 4926 * The phone number's E164 representation. 4927 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 4928 */ 4929 public static final String NORMALIZED_NUMBER = "normalized_number"; 4930 } 4931 4932 /** 4933 * A table that represents the result of looking up a phone number, for 4934 * example for caller ID. To perform a lookup you must append the number you 4935 * want to find to {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. This query is highly 4936 * optimized. 4937 * <pre> 4938 * Uri uri = Uri.withAppendedPath(PhoneLookup.CONTENT_FILTER_URI, Uri.encode(phoneNumber)); 4939 * resolver.query(uri, new String[]{PhoneLookup.DISPLAY_NAME,... 4940 * </pre> 4941 * 4942 * <h3>Columns</h3> 4943 * 4944 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4945 * <tr> 4946 * <th colspan='4'>PhoneLookup</th> 4947 * </tr> 4948 * <tr> 4949 * <td>String</td> 4950 * <td>{@link #NUMBER}</td> 4951 * <td>read-only</td> 4952 * <td>Phone number.</td> 4953 * </tr> 4954 * <tr> 4955 * <td>String</td> 4956 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 4957 * <td>read-only</td> 4958 * <td>Phone number type. See {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}.</td> 4959 * </tr> 4960 * <tr> 4961 * <td>String</td> 4962 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 4963 * <td>read-only</td> 4964 * <td>Custom label for the phone number. See {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}.</td> 4965 * </tr> 4966 * </table> 4967 * <p> 4968 * Columns from the Contacts table are also available through a join. 4969 * </p> 4970 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4971 * <tr> 4972 * <th colspan='4'>Join with {@link Contacts}</th> 4973 * </tr> 4974 * <tr> 4975 * <td>long</td> 4976 * <td>{@link #_ID}</td> 4977 * <td>read-only</td> 4978 * <td>Contact ID.</td> 4979 * </tr> 4980 * <tr> 4981 * <td>String</td> 4982 * <td>{@link #LOOKUP_KEY}</td> 4983 * <td>read-only</td> 4984 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}</td> 4985 * </tr> 4986 * <tr> 4987 * <td>String</td> 4988 * <td>{@link #DISPLAY_NAME}</td> 4989 * <td>read-only</td> 4990 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}</td> 4991 * </tr> 4992 * <tr> 4993 * <td>long</td> 4994 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_ID}</td> 4995 * <td>read-only</td> 4996 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4997 * </tr> 4998 * <tr> 4999 * <td>int</td> 5000 * <td>{@link #IN_VISIBLE_GROUP}</td> 5001 * <td>read-only</td> 5002 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5003 * </tr> 5004 * <tr> 5005 * <td>int</td> 5006 * <td>{@link #HAS_PHONE_NUMBER}</td> 5007 * <td>read-only</td> 5008 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5009 * </tr> 5010 * <tr> 5011 * <td>int</td> 5012 * <td>{@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}</td> 5013 * <td>read-only</td> 5014 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5015 * </tr> 5016 * <tr> 5017 * <td>long</td> 5018 * <td>{@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}</td> 5019 * <td>read-only</td> 5020 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5021 * </tr> 5022 * <tr> 5023 * <td>int</td> 5024 * <td>{@link #STARRED}</td> 5025 * <td>read-only</td> 5026 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5027 * </tr> 5028 * <tr> 5029 * <td>String</td> 5030 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_RINGTONE}</td> 5031 * <td>read-only</td> 5032 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5033 * </tr> 5034 * <tr> 5035 * <td>int</td> 5036 * <td>{@link #SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL}</td> 5037 * <td>read-only</td> 5038 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5039 * </tr> 5040 * </table> 5041 */ 5042 public static final class PhoneLookup implements BaseColumns, PhoneLookupColumns, 5043 ContactsColumns, ContactOptionsColumns { 5044 /** 5045 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5046 */ 5047 private PhoneLookup() {} 5048 5049 /** 5050 * The content:// style URI for this table. Append the phone number you want to lookup 5051 * to this URI and query it to perform a lookup. For example: 5052 * <pre> 5053 * Uri lookupUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(PhoneLookup.CONTENT_FILTER_URI, 5054 * Uri.encode(phoneNumber)); 5055 * </pre> 5056 */ 5057 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 5058 "phone_lookup"); 5059 5060 /** 5061 * <p>URI used for the "enterprise caller-id".</p> 5062 * 5063 * <p> 5064 * It supports the same semantics as {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI} and returns the same 5065 * columns. If the device has no corp profile that is linked to the current profile, it 5066 * behaves in the exact same way as {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. If there is a corp profile 5067 * linked to the current profile, it first queries against the personal contact database, 5068 * and if no matching contacts are found there, then queries against the 5069 * corp contacts database. 5070 * </p> 5071 * <p> 5072 * If a result is from the corp profile, it makes the following changes to the data: 5073 * <ul> 5074 * <li> 5075 * {@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI} and {@link #PHOTO_URI} will be rewritten to special 5076 * URIs. Use {@link ContentResolver#openAssetFileDescriptor} or its siblings to 5077 * load pictures from them. 5078 * {@link #PHOTO_ID} and {@link #PHOTO_FILE_ID} will be set to null. Do not use them. 5079 * </li> 5080 * <li> 5081 * Corp contacts will get artificial {@link #_ID}s. In order to tell whether a contact 5082 * is from the corp profile, use 5083 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#isEnterpriseContactId(long)}. 5084 * </li> 5085 * <li> 5086 * Corp contacts will get artificial {@link #LOOKUP_KEY}s too. 5087 * </li> 5088 * </ul> 5089 * <p> 5090 * A contact lookup URL built by 5091 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#getLookupUri(long, String)} 5092 * with an {@link #_ID} and a {@link #LOOKUP_KEY} returned by this API can be passed to 5093 * {@link ContactsContract.QuickContact#showQuickContact} even if a contact is from the 5094 * corp profile. 5095 * </p> 5096 * 5097 * <pre> 5098 * Uri lookupUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(PhoneLookup.ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI, 5099 * Uri.encode(phoneNumber)); 5100 * </pre> 5101 */ 5102 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 5103 "phone_lookup_enterprise"); 5104 5105 /** 5106 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI} providing a directory of phone lookup rows. 5107 * 5108 * @hide 5109 */ 5110 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/phone_lookup"; 5111 5112 /** 5113 * If this boolean parameter is set to true, then the appended query is treated as a 5114 * SIP address and the lookup will be performed against SIP addresses in the user's 5115 * contacts. 5116 */ 5117 public static final String QUERY_PARAMETER_SIP_ADDRESS = "sip"; 5118 } 5119 5120 /** 5121 * Additional data mixed in with {@link StatusColumns} to link 5122 * back to specific {@link ContactsContract.Data#_ID} entries. 5123 * 5124 * @see StatusUpdates 5125 */ 5126 protected interface PresenceColumns { 5127 5128 /** 5129 * Reference to the {@link Data#_ID} entry that owns this presence. 5130 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 5131 */ 5132 public static final String DATA_ID = "presence_data_id"; 5133 5134 /** 5135 * See {@link CommonDataKinds.Im} for a list of defined protocol constants. 5136 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 5137 */ 5138 public static final String PROTOCOL = "protocol"; 5139 5140 /** 5141 * Name of the custom protocol. Should be supplied along with the {@link #PROTOCOL} value 5142 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Im#PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}. Should be null or 5143 * omitted if {@link #PROTOCOL} value is not 5144 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Im#PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}. 5145 * 5146 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 5147 */ 5148 public static final String CUSTOM_PROTOCOL = "custom_protocol"; 5149 5150 /** 5151 * The IM handle the presence item is for. The handle is scoped to 5152 * {@link #PROTOCOL}. 5153 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5154 */ 5155 public static final String IM_HANDLE = "im_handle"; 5156 5157 /** 5158 * The IM account for the local user that the presence data came from. 5159 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5160 */ 5161 public static final String IM_ACCOUNT = "im_account"; 5162 } 5163 5164 /** 5165 * <p> 5166 * A status update is linked to a {@link ContactsContract.Data} row and captures 5167 * the user's latest status update via the corresponding source, e.g. 5168 * "Having lunch" via "Google Talk". 5169 * </p> 5170 * <p> 5171 * There are two ways a status update can be inserted: by explicitly linking 5172 * it to a Data row using {@link #DATA_ID} or indirectly linking it to a data row 5173 * using a combination of {@link #PROTOCOL} (or {@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL}) and 5174 * {@link #IM_HANDLE}. There is no difference between insert and update, you can use 5175 * either. 5176 * </p> 5177 * <p> 5178 * Inserting or updating a status update for the user's profile requires either using 5179 * the {@link #DATA_ID} to identify the data row to attach the update to, or 5180 * {@link StatusUpdates#PROFILE_CONTENT_URI} to ensure that the change is scoped to the 5181 * profile. 5182 * </p> 5183 * <p> 5184 * You cannot use {@link ContentResolver#update} to change a status, but 5185 * {@link ContentResolver#insert} will replace the latests status if it already 5186 * exists. 5187 * </p> 5188 * <p> 5189 * Use {@link ContentResolver#bulkInsert(Uri, ContentValues[])} to insert/update statuses 5190 * for multiple contacts at once. 5191 * </p> 5192 * 5193 * <h3>Columns</h3> 5194 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5195 * <tr> 5196 * <th colspan='4'>StatusUpdates</th> 5197 * </tr> 5198 * <tr> 5199 * <td>long</td> 5200 * <td>{@link #DATA_ID}</td> 5201 * <td>read/write</td> 5202 * <td>Reference to the {@link Data#_ID} entry that owns this presence. If this 5203 * field is <i>not</i> specified, the provider will attempt to find a data row 5204 * that matches the {@link #PROTOCOL} (or {@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL}) and 5205 * {@link #IM_HANDLE} columns. 5206 * </td> 5207 * </tr> 5208 * <tr> 5209 * <td>long</td> 5210 * <td>{@link #PROTOCOL}</td> 5211 * <td>read/write</td> 5212 * <td>See {@link CommonDataKinds.Im} for a list of defined protocol constants.</td> 5213 * </tr> 5214 * <tr> 5215 * <td>String</td> 5216 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL}</td> 5217 * <td>read/write</td> 5218 * <td>Name of the custom protocol. Should be supplied along with the {@link #PROTOCOL} value 5219 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Im#PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}. Should be null or 5220 * omitted if {@link #PROTOCOL} value is not 5221 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Im#PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}.</td> 5222 * </tr> 5223 * <tr> 5224 * <td>String</td> 5225 * <td>{@link #IM_HANDLE}</td> 5226 * <td>read/write</td> 5227 * <td> The IM handle the presence item is for. The handle is scoped to 5228 * {@link #PROTOCOL}.</td> 5229 * </tr> 5230 * <tr> 5231 * <td>String</td> 5232 * <td>{@link #IM_ACCOUNT}</td> 5233 * <td>read/write</td> 5234 * <td>The IM account for the local user that the presence data came from.</td> 5235 * </tr> 5236 * <tr> 5237 * <td>int</td> 5238 * <td>{@link #PRESENCE}</td> 5239 * <td>read/write</td> 5240 * <td>Contact IM presence status. The allowed values are: 5241 * <p> 5242 * <ul> 5243 * <li>{@link #OFFLINE}</li> 5244 * <li>{@link #INVISIBLE}</li> 5245 * <li>{@link #AWAY}</li> 5246 * <li>{@link #IDLE}</li> 5247 * <li>{@link #DO_NOT_DISTURB}</li> 5248 * <li>{@link #AVAILABLE}</li> 5249 * </ul> 5250 * </p> 5251 * <p> 5252 * Since presence status is inherently volatile, the content provider 5253 * may choose not to store this field in long-term storage. 5254 * </p> 5255 * </td> 5256 * </tr> 5257 * <tr> 5258 * <td>int</td> 5259 * <td>{@link #CHAT_CAPABILITY}</td> 5260 * <td>read/write</td> 5261 * <td>Contact IM chat compatibility value. The allowed values combinations of the following 5262 * flags. If None of these flags is set, the device can only do text messaging. 5263 * <p> 5264 * <ul> 5265 * <li>{@link #CAPABILITY_HAS_VIDEO}</li> 5266 * <li>{@link #CAPABILITY_HAS_VOICE}</li> 5267 * <li>{@link #CAPABILITY_HAS_CAMERA}</li> 5268 * </ul> 5269 * </p> 5270 * <p> 5271 * Since chat compatibility is inherently volatile as the contact's availability moves from 5272 * one device to another, the content provider may choose not to store this field in long-term 5273 * storage. 5274 * </p> 5275 * </td> 5276 * </tr> 5277 * <tr> 5278 * <td>String</td> 5279 * <td>{@link #STATUS}</td> 5280 * <td>read/write</td> 5281 * <td>Contact's latest status update, e.g. "having toast for breakfast"</td> 5282 * </tr> 5283 * <tr> 5284 * <td>long</td> 5285 * <td>{@link #STATUS_TIMESTAMP}</td> 5286 * <td>read/write</td> 5287 * <td>The absolute time in milliseconds when the status was 5288 * entered by the user. If this value is not provided, the provider will follow 5289 * this logic: if there was no prior status update, the value will be left as null. 5290 * If there was a prior status update, the provider will default this field 5291 * to the current time.</td> 5292 * </tr> 5293 * <tr> 5294 * <td>String</td> 5295 * <td>{@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}</td> 5296 * <td>read/write</td> 5297 * <td> The package containing resources for this status: label and icon.</td> 5298 * </tr> 5299 * <tr> 5300 * <td>long</td> 5301 * <td>{@link #STATUS_LABEL}</td> 5302 * <td>read/write</td> 5303 * <td>The resource ID of the label describing the source of contact status, 5304 * e.g. "Google Talk". This resource is scoped by the 5305 * {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 5306 * </tr> 5307 * <tr> 5308 * <td>long</td> 5309 * <td>{@link #STATUS_ICON}</td> 5310 * <td>read/write</td> 5311 * <td>The resource ID of the icon for the source of contact status. This 5312 * resource is scoped by the {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 5313 * </tr> 5314 * </table> 5315 */ 5316 public static class StatusUpdates implements StatusColumns, PresenceColumns { 5317 5318 /** 5319 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5320 */ 5321 private StatusUpdates() {} 5322 5323 /** 5324 * The content:// style URI for this table 5325 */ 5326 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "status_updates"); 5327 5328 /** 5329 * The content:// style URI for this table, specific to the user's profile. 5330 */ 5331 public static final Uri PROFILE_CONTENT_URI = 5332 Uri.withAppendedPath(Profile.CONTENT_URI, "status_updates"); 5333 5334 /** 5335 * Gets the resource ID for the proper presence icon. 5336 * 5337 * @param status the status to get the icon for 5338 * @return the resource ID for the proper presence icon 5339 */ 5340 public static final int getPresenceIconResourceId(int status) { 5341 switch (status) { 5342 case AVAILABLE: 5343 return android.R.drawable.presence_online; 5344 case IDLE: 5345 case AWAY: 5346 return android.R.drawable.presence_away; 5347 case DO_NOT_DISTURB: 5348 return android.R.drawable.presence_busy; 5349 case INVISIBLE: 5350 return android.R.drawable.presence_invisible; 5351 case OFFLINE: 5352 default: 5353 return android.R.drawable.presence_offline; 5354 } 5355 } 5356 5357 /** 5358 * Returns the precedence of the status code the higher number being the higher precedence. 5359 * 5360 * @param status The status code. 5361 * @return An integer representing the precedence, 0 being the lowest. 5362 */ 5363 public static final int getPresencePrecedence(int status) { 5364 // Keep this function here incase we want to enforce a different precedence than the 5365 // natural order of the status constants. 5366 return status; 5367 } 5368 5369 /** 5370 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 5371 * status update details. 5372 */ 5373 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/status-update"; 5374 5375 /** 5376 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of a single 5377 * status update detail. 5378 */ 5379 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/status-update"; 5380 } 5381 5382 /** 5383 * @deprecated This old name was never meant to be made public. Do not use. 5384 */ 5385 @Deprecated 5386 public static final class Presence extends StatusUpdates { 5387 5388 } 5389 5390 /** 5391 * Additional column returned by 5392 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_FILTER_URI Contacts.CONTENT_FILTER_URI} explaining 5393 * why the filter matched the contact. This column will contain extracts from the contact's 5394 * constituent {@link Data Data} items, formatted in a way that indicates the section of the 5395 * snippet that matched the filter. 5396 * 5397 * <p> 5398 * The following example searches for all contacts that match the query "presi" and requests 5399 * the snippet column as well. 5400 * <pre> 5401 * Builder builder = Contacts.CONTENT_FILTER_URI.buildUpon(); 5402 * builder.appendPath("presi"); 5403 * // Defer snippeting to the client side if possible, for performance reasons. 5404 * builder.appendQueryParameter(SearchSnippets.DEFERRED_SNIPPETING_KEY,"1"); 5405 * 5406 * Cursor cursor = getContentResolver().query(builder.build()); 5407 * 5408 * Bundle extras = cursor.getExtras(); 5409 * if (extras.getBoolean(ContactsContract.DEFERRED_SNIPPETING)) { 5410 * // Do our own snippet formatting. 5411 * // For a contact with the email address (president@organization.com), the snippet 5412 * // column will contain the string "president@organization.com". 5413 * } else { 5414 * // The snippet has already been pre-formatted, we can display it as is. 5415 * // For a contact with the email address (president@organization.com), the snippet 5416 * // column will contain the string "[presi]dent@organization.com". 5417 * } 5418 * </pre> 5419 * </p> 5420 */ 5421 public static class SearchSnippets { 5422 5423 /** 5424 * The search snippet constructed by SQLite snippeting functionality. 5425 * <p> 5426 * The snippet may contain (parts of) several data elements belonging to the contact, 5427 * with the matching parts optionally surrounded by special characters that indicate the 5428 * start and end of matching text. 5429 * 5430 * For example, if a contact has an address "123 Main Street", using a filter "mai" would 5431 * return the formatted snippet "123 [Mai]n street". 5432 * 5433 * @see <a href="http://www.sqlite.org/fts3.html#snippet"> 5434 * http://www.sqlite.org/fts3.html#snippet</a> 5435 */ 5436 public static final String SNIPPET = "snippet"; 5437 5438 /** 5439 * Comma-separated parameters for the generation of the snippet: 5440 * <ul> 5441 * <li>The "start match" text. Default is '['</li> 5442 * <li>The "end match" text. Default is ']'</li> 5443 * <li>The "ellipsis" text. Default is "..."</li> 5444 * <li>Maximum number of tokens to include in the snippet. Can be either 5445 * a positive or a negative number: A positive number indicates how many 5446 * tokens can be returned in total. A negative number indicates how many 5447 * tokens can be returned per occurrence of the search terms.</li> 5448 * </ul> 5449 * 5450 * @hide 5451 */ 5452 public static final String SNIPPET_ARGS_PARAM_KEY = "snippet_args"; 5453 5454 /** 5455 * The key to ask the provider to defer the formatting of the snippet to the client if 5456 * possible, for performance reasons. 5457 * A value of 1 indicates true, 0 indicates false. False is the default. 5458 * When a cursor is returned to the client, it should check for an extra with the name 5459 * {@link ContactsContract#DEFERRED_SNIPPETING} in the cursor. If it exists, the client 5460 * should do its own formatting of the snippet. If it doesn't exist, the snippet column 5461 * in the cursor should already contain a formatted snippet. 5462 */ 5463 public static final String DEFERRED_SNIPPETING_KEY = "deferred_snippeting"; 5464 } 5465 5466 /** 5467 * Container for definitions of common data types stored in the {@link ContactsContract.Data} 5468 * table. 5469 */ 5470 public static final class CommonDataKinds { 5471 /** 5472 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5473 */ 5474 private CommonDataKinds() {} 5475 5476 /** 5477 * The {@link Data#RES_PACKAGE} value for common data that should be 5478 * shown using a default style. 5479 * 5480 * @hide RES_PACKAGE is hidden 5481 */ 5482 public static final String PACKAGE_COMMON = "common"; 5483 5484 /** 5485 * The base types that all "Typed" data kinds support. 5486 */ 5487 public interface BaseTypes { 5488 /** 5489 * A custom type. The custom label should be supplied by user. 5490 */ 5491 public static int TYPE_CUSTOM = 0; 5492 } 5493 5494 /** 5495 * Columns common across the specific types. 5496 */ 5497 protected interface CommonColumns extends BaseTypes { 5498 /** 5499 * The data for the contact method. 5500 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5501 */ 5502 public static final String DATA = DataColumns.DATA1; 5503 5504 /** 5505 * The type of data, for example Home or Work. 5506 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 5507 */ 5508 public static final String TYPE = DataColumns.DATA2; 5509 5510 /** 5511 * The user defined label for the the contact method. 5512 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5513 */ 5514 public static final String LABEL = DataColumns.DATA3; 5515 } 5516 5517 /** 5518 * A data kind representing the contact's proper name. You can use all 5519 * columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as well as the following aliases. 5520 * 5521 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 5522 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5523 * <tr> 5524 * <th>Type</th><th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 5525 * </tr> 5526 * <tr> 5527 * <td>String</td> 5528 * <td>{@link #DISPLAY_NAME}</td> 5529 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 5530 * <td></td> 5531 * </tr> 5532 * <tr> 5533 * <td>String</td> 5534 * <td>{@link #GIVEN_NAME}</td> 5535 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 5536 * <td></td> 5537 * </tr> 5538 * <tr> 5539 * <td>String</td> 5540 * <td>{@link #FAMILY_NAME}</td> 5541 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 5542 * <td></td> 5543 * </tr> 5544 * <tr> 5545 * <td>String</td> 5546 * <td>{@link #PREFIX}</td> 5547 * <td>{@link #DATA4}</td> 5548 * <td>Common prefixes in English names are "Mr", "Ms", "Dr" etc.</td> 5549 * </tr> 5550 * <tr> 5551 * <td>String</td> 5552 * <td>{@link #MIDDLE_NAME}</td> 5553 * <td>{@link #DATA5}</td> 5554 * <td></td> 5555 * </tr> 5556 * <tr> 5557 * <td>String</td> 5558 * <td>{@link #SUFFIX}</td> 5559 * <td>{@link #DATA6}</td> 5560 * <td>Common suffixes in English names are "Sr", "Jr", "III" etc.</td> 5561 * </tr> 5562 * <tr> 5563 * <td>String</td> 5564 * <td>{@link #PHONETIC_GIVEN_NAME}</td> 5565 * <td>{@link #DATA7}</td> 5566 * <td>Used for phonetic spelling of the name, e.g. Pinyin, Katakana, Hiragana</td> 5567 * </tr> 5568 * <tr> 5569 * <td>String</td> 5570 * <td>{@link #PHONETIC_MIDDLE_NAME}</td> 5571 * <td>{@link #DATA8}</td> 5572 * <td></td> 5573 * </tr> 5574 * <tr> 5575 * <td>String</td> 5576 * <td>{@link #PHONETIC_FAMILY_NAME}</td> 5577 * <td>{@link #DATA9}</td> 5578 * <td></td> 5579 * </tr> 5580 * </table> 5581 */ 5582 public static final class StructuredName implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 5583 /** 5584 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5585 */ 5586 private StructuredName() {} 5587 5588 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 5589 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/name"; 5590 5591 /** 5592 * The name that should be used to display the contact. 5593 * <i>Unstructured component of the name should be consistent with 5594 * its structured representation.</i> 5595 * <p> 5596 * Type: TEXT 5597 */ 5598 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME = DATA1; 5599 5600 /** 5601 * The given name for the contact. 5602 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5603 */ 5604 public static final String GIVEN_NAME = DATA2; 5605 5606 /** 5607 * The family name for the contact. 5608 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5609 */ 5610 public static final String FAMILY_NAME = DATA3; 5611 5612 /** 5613 * The contact's honorific prefix, e.g. "Sir" 5614 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5615 */ 5616 public static final String PREFIX = DATA4; 5617 5618 /** 5619 * The contact's middle name 5620 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5621 */ 5622 public static final String MIDDLE_NAME = DATA5; 5623 5624 /** 5625 * The contact's honorific suffix, e.g. "Jr" 5626 */ 5627 public static final String SUFFIX = DATA6; 5628 5629 /** 5630 * The phonetic version of the given name for the contact. 5631 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5632 */ 5633 public static final String PHONETIC_GIVEN_NAME = DATA7; 5634 5635 /** 5636 * The phonetic version of the additional name for the contact. 5637 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5638 */ 5639 public static final String PHONETIC_MIDDLE_NAME = DATA8; 5640 5641 /** 5642 * The phonetic version of the family name for the contact. 5643 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5644 */ 5645 public static final String PHONETIC_FAMILY_NAME = DATA9; 5646 5647 /** 5648 * The style used for combining given/middle/family name into a full name. 5649 * See {@link ContactsContract.FullNameStyle}. 5650 */ 5651 public static final String FULL_NAME_STYLE = DATA10; 5652 5653 /** 5654 * The alphabet used for capturing the phonetic name. 5655 * See ContactsContract.PhoneticNameStyle. 5656 * @hide 5657 */ 5658 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME_STYLE = DATA11; 5659 } 5660 5661 /** 5662 * <p>A data kind representing the contact's nickname. For example, for 5663 * Bob Parr ("Mr. Incredible"): 5664 * <pre> 5665 * ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation> ops = 5666 * new ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation>(); 5667 * 5668 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newInsert(Data.CONTENT_URI) 5669 * .withValue(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId) 5670 * .withValue(Data.MIMETYPE, StructuredName.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE) 5671 * .withValue(StructuredName.DISPLAY_NAME, "Bob Parr") 5672 * .build()); 5673 * 5674 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newInsert(Data.CONTENT_URI) 5675 * .withValue(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId) 5676 * .withValue(Data.MIMETYPE, Nickname.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE) 5677 * .withValue(Nickname.NAME, "Mr. Incredible") 5678 * .withValue(Nickname.TYPE, Nickname.TYPE_CUSTOM) 5679 * .withValue(Nickname.LABEL, "Superhero") 5680 * .build()); 5681 * 5682 * getContentResolver().applyBatch(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY, ops); 5683 * </pre> 5684 * </p> 5685 * <p> 5686 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as well as the 5687 * following aliases. 5688 * </p> 5689 * 5690 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 5691 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5692 * <tr> 5693 * <th>Type</th><th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 5694 * </tr> 5695 * <tr> 5696 * <td>String</td> 5697 * <td>{@link #NAME}</td> 5698 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 5699 * <td></td> 5700 * </tr> 5701 * <tr> 5702 * <td>int</td> 5703 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 5704 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 5705 * <td> 5706 * Allowed values are: 5707 * <p> 5708 * <ul> 5709 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 5710 * <li>{@link #TYPE_DEFAULT}</li> 5711 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER_NAME}</li> 5712 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MAIDEN_NAME}</li> 5713 * <li>{@link #TYPE_SHORT_NAME}</li> 5714 * <li>{@link #TYPE_INITIALS}</li> 5715 * </ul> 5716 * </p> 5717 * </td> 5718 * </tr> 5719 * <tr> 5720 * <td>String</td> 5721 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 5722 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 5723 * <td></td> 5724 * </tr> 5725 * </table> 5726 */ 5727 public static final class Nickname implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 5728 ContactCounts{ 5729 /** 5730 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5731 */ 5732 private Nickname() {} 5733 5734 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 5735 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/nickname"; 5736 5737 public static final int TYPE_DEFAULT = 1; 5738 public static final int TYPE_OTHER_NAME = 2; 5739 public static final int TYPE_MAIDEN_NAME = 3; 5740 /** @deprecated Use TYPE_MAIDEN_NAME instead. */ 5741 @Deprecated 5742 public static final int TYPE_MAINDEN_NAME = 3; 5743 public static final int TYPE_SHORT_NAME = 4; 5744 public static final int TYPE_INITIALS = 5; 5745 5746 /** 5747 * The name itself 5748 */ 5749 public static final String NAME = DATA; 5750 } 5751 5752 /** 5753 * <p> 5754 * A data kind representing a telephone number. 5755 * </p> 5756 * <p> 5757 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 5758 * well as the following aliases. 5759 * </p> 5760 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 5761 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5762 * <tr> 5763 * <th>Type</th> 5764 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 5765 * </tr> 5766 * <tr> 5767 * <td>String</td> 5768 * <td>{@link #NUMBER}</td> 5769 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 5770 * <td></td> 5771 * </tr> 5772 * <tr> 5773 * <td>int</td> 5774 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 5775 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 5776 * <td>Allowed values are: 5777 * <p> 5778 * <ul> 5779 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 5780 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 5781 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MOBILE}</li> 5782 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 5783 * <li>{@link #TYPE_FAX_WORK}</li> 5784 * <li>{@link #TYPE_FAX_HOME}</li> 5785 * <li>{@link #TYPE_PAGER}</li> 5786 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 5787 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CALLBACK}</li> 5788 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CAR}</li> 5789 * <li>{@link #TYPE_COMPANY_MAIN}</li> 5790 * <li>{@link #TYPE_ISDN}</li> 5791 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MAIN}</li> 5792 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER_FAX}</li> 5793 * <li>{@link #TYPE_RADIO}</li> 5794 * <li>{@link #TYPE_TELEX}</li> 5795 * <li>{@link #TYPE_TTY_TDD}</li> 5796 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK_MOBILE}</li> 5797 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK_PAGER}</li> 5798 * <li>{@link #TYPE_ASSISTANT}</li> 5799 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MMS}</li> 5800 * </ul> 5801 * </p> 5802 * </td> 5803 * </tr> 5804 * <tr> 5805 * <td>String</td> 5806 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 5807 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 5808 * <td></td> 5809 * </tr> 5810 * </table> 5811 */ 5812 public static final class Phone implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 5813 ContactCounts { 5814 /** 5815 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5816 */ 5817 private Phone() {} 5818 5819 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 5820 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/phone_v2"; 5821 5822 /** 5823 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 5824 * phones. 5825 */ 5826 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/phone_v2"; 5827 5828 /** 5829 * The content:// style URI for all data records of the 5830 * {@link #CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} MIME type, combined with the 5831 * associated raw contact and aggregate contact data. 5832 */ 5833 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, 5834 "phones"); 5835 5836 /** 5837 * URI used for getting all contacts from primary and managed profile. 5838 * 5839 * It supports the same semantics as {@link #CONTENT_URI} and returns the same 5840 * columns. If the device has no corp profile that is linked to the current profile, it 5841 * behaves in the exact same way as {@link #CONTENT_URI}. If there is a corp profile 5842 * linked to the current profile, it will merge corp profile and current profile's 5843 * results and return 5844 * 5845 * @hide 5846 */ 5847 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_URI = 5848 Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_URI, "phones"); 5849 5850 /** 5851 * The content:// style URL for phone lookup using a filter. The filter returns 5852 * records of MIME type {@link #CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}. The filter is applied 5853 * to display names as well as phone numbers. The filter argument should be passed 5854 * as an additional path segment after this URI. 5855 */ 5856 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 5857 "filter"); 5858 5859 /** 5860 * A boolean query parameter that can be used with {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 5861 * If "1" or "true", display names are searched. If "0" or "false", display names 5862 * are not searched. Default is "1". 5863 */ 5864 public static final String SEARCH_DISPLAY_NAME_KEY = "search_display_name"; 5865 5866 /** 5867 * A boolean query parameter that can be used with {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 5868 * If "1" or "true", phone numbers are searched. If "0" or "false", phone numbers 5869 * are not searched. Default is "1". 5870 */ 5871 public static final String SEARCH_PHONE_NUMBER_KEY = "search_phone_number"; 5872 5873 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 1; 5874 public static final int TYPE_MOBILE = 2; 5875 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 3; 5876 public static final int TYPE_FAX_WORK = 4; 5877 public static final int TYPE_FAX_HOME = 5; 5878 public static final int TYPE_PAGER = 6; 5879 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 7; 5880 public static final int TYPE_CALLBACK = 8; 5881 public static final int TYPE_CAR = 9; 5882 public static final int TYPE_COMPANY_MAIN = 10; 5883 public static final int TYPE_ISDN = 11; 5884 public static final int TYPE_MAIN = 12; 5885 public static final int TYPE_OTHER_FAX = 13; 5886 public static final int TYPE_RADIO = 14; 5887 public static final int TYPE_TELEX = 15; 5888 public static final int TYPE_TTY_TDD = 16; 5889 public static final int TYPE_WORK_MOBILE = 17; 5890 public static final int TYPE_WORK_PAGER = 18; 5891 public static final int TYPE_ASSISTANT = 19; 5892 public static final int TYPE_MMS = 20; 5893 5894 /** 5895 * The phone number as the user entered it. 5896 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5897 */ 5898 public static final String NUMBER = DATA; 5899 5900 /** 5901 * The phone number's E164 representation. This value can be omitted in which 5902 * case the provider will try to automatically infer it. (It'll be left null if the 5903 * provider fails to infer.) 5904 * If present, {@link #NUMBER} has to be set as well (it will be ignored otherwise). 5905 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5906 */ 5907 public static final String NORMALIZED_NUMBER = DATA4; 5908 5909 /** 5910 * @deprecated use {@link #getTypeLabel(Resources, int, CharSequence)} instead. 5911 * @hide 5912 */ 5913 @Deprecated 5914 public static final CharSequence getDisplayLabel(Context context, int type, 5915 CharSequence label, CharSequence[] labelArray) { 5916 return getTypeLabel(context.getResources(), type, label); 5917 } 5918 5919 /** 5920 * @deprecated use {@link #getTypeLabel(Resources, int, CharSequence)} instead. 5921 * @hide 5922 */ 5923 @Deprecated 5924 public static final CharSequence getDisplayLabel(Context context, int type, 5925 CharSequence label) { 5926 return getTypeLabel(context.getResources(), type, label); 5927 } 5928 5929 /** 5930 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 5931 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 5932 */ 5933 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 5934 switch (type) { 5935 case TYPE_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeHome; 5936 case TYPE_MOBILE: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeMobile; 5937 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeWork; 5938 case TYPE_FAX_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeFaxWork; 5939 case TYPE_FAX_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeFaxHome; 5940 case TYPE_PAGER: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypePager; 5941 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeOther; 5942 case TYPE_CALLBACK: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeCallback; 5943 case TYPE_CAR: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeCar; 5944 case TYPE_COMPANY_MAIN: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeCompanyMain; 5945 case TYPE_ISDN: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeIsdn; 5946 case TYPE_MAIN: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeMain; 5947 case TYPE_OTHER_FAX: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeOtherFax; 5948 case TYPE_RADIO: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeRadio; 5949 case TYPE_TELEX: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeTelex; 5950 case TYPE_TTY_TDD: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeTtyTdd; 5951 case TYPE_WORK_MOBILE: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeWorkMobile; 5952 case TYPE_WORK_PAGER: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeWorkPager; 5953 case TYPE_ASSISTANT: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeAssistant; 5954 case TYPE_MMS: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeMms; 5955 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeCustom; 5956 } 5957 } 5958 5959 /** 5960 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 5961 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 5962 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 5963 */ 5964 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 5965 CharSequence label) { 5966 if ((type == TYPE_CUSTOM || type == TYPE_ASSISTANT) && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 5967 return label; 5968 } else { 5969 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 5970 return res.getText(labelRes); 5971 } 5972 } 5973 } 5974 5975 /** 5976 * <p> 5977 * A data kind representing an email address. 5978 * </p> 5979 * <p> 5980 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 5981 * well as the following aliases. 5982 * </p> 5983 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 5984 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5985 * <tr> 5986 * <th>Type</th> 5987 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 5988 * </tr> 5989 * <tr> 5990 * <td>String</td> 5991 * <td>{@link #ADDRESS}</td> 5992 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 5993 * <td>Email address itself.</td> 5994 * </tr> 5995 * <tr> 5996 * <td>int</td> 5997 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 5998 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 5999 * <td>Allowed values are: 6000 * <p> 6001 * <ul> 6002 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6003 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 6004 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 6005 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 6006 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MOBILE}</li> 6007 * </ul> 6008 * </p> 6009 * </td> 6010 * </tr> 6011 * <tr> 6012 * <td>String</td> 6013 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6014 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6015 * <td></td> 6016 * </tr> 6017 * </table> 6018 */ 6019 public static final class Email implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 6020 ContactCounts { 6021 /** 6022 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6023 */ 6024 private Email() {} 6025 6026 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6027 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/email_v2"; 6028 6029 /** 6030 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of email addresses. 6031 */ 6032 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/email_v2"; 6033 6034 /** 6035 * The content:// style URI for all data records of the 6036 * {@link #CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} MIME type, combined with the 6037 * associated raw contact and aggregate contact data. 6038 */ 6039 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, 6040 "emails"); 6041 6042 /** 6043 * <p> 6044 * The content:// style URL for looking up data rows by email address. The 6045 * lookup argument, an email address, should be passed as an additional path segment 6046 * after this URI. 6047 * </p> 6048 * <p>Example: 6049 * <pre> 6050 * Uri uri = Uri.withAppendedPath(Email.CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI, Uri.encode(email)); 6051 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(uri, 6052 * new String[]{Email.CONTACT_ID, Email.DISPLAY_NAME, Email.DATA}, 6053 * null, null, null); 6054 * </pre> 6055 * </p> 6056 */ 6057 public static final Uri CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 6058 "lookup"); 6059 6060 /** 6061 * <p>URI used for enterprise email lookup.</p> 6062 * 6063 * <p> 6064 * It supports the same semantics as {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} and returns the same 6065 * columns. If the device has no corp profile that is linked to the current profile, it 6066 * behaves in the exact same way as {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI}. If there is a 6067 * corp profile linked to the current profile, it first queries against the personal contact database, 6068 * and if no matching contacts are found there, then queries against the 6069 * corp contacts database. 6070 * </p> 6071 * <p> 6072 * If a result is from the corp profile, it makes the following changes to the data: 6073 * <ul> 6074 * <li> 6075 * {@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI} and {@link #PHOTO_URI} will be rewritten to special 6076 * URIs. Use {@link ContentResolver#openAssetFileDescriptor} or its siblings to 6077 * load pictures from them. 6078 * {@link #PHOTO_ID} and {@link #PHOTO_FILE_ID} will be set to null. Do not 6079 * use them. 6080 * </li> 6081 * <li> 6082 * Corp contacts will get artificial {@link #CONTACT_ID}s. In order to tell whether 6083 * a contact 6084 * is from the corp profile, use 6085 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#isEnterpriseContactId(long)}. 6086 * </li> 6087 * <li> 6088 * Corp contacts will get artificial {@link #LOOKUP_KEY}s too. 6089 * </li> 6090 * </ul> 6091 * <p> 6092 * A contact lookup URL built by 6093 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#getLookupUri(long, String)} 6094 * with an {@link #_ID} and a {@link #LOOKUP_KEY} returned by this API can be passed to 6095 * {@link ContactsContract.QuickContact#showQuickContact} even if a contact is from the 6096 * corp profile. 6097 * </p> 6098 * 6099 * <pre> 6100 * Uri lookupUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(Email.ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI, 6101 * Uri.encode(email)); 6102 * </pre> 6103 */ 6104 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI = 6105 Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, "lookup_enterprise"); 6106 6107 /** 6108 * <p> 6109 * The content:// style URL for email lookup using a filter. The filter returns 6110 * records of MIME type {@link #CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}. The filter is applied 6111 * to display names as well as email addresses. The filter argument should be passed 6112 * as an additional path segment after this URI. 6113 * </p> 6114 * <p>The query in the following example will return "Robert Parr (bob@incredibles.com)" 6115 * as well as "Bob Parr (incredible@android.com)". 6116 * <pre> 6117 * Uri uri = Uri.withAppendedPath(Email.CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI, Uri.encode("bob")); 6118 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(uri, 6119 * new String[]{Email.DISPLAY_NAME, Email.DATA}, 6120 * null, null, null); 6121 * </pre> 6122 * </p> 6123 */ 6124 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 6125 "filter"); 6126 6127 /** 6128 * The email address. 6129 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6130 */ 6131 public static final String ADDRESS = DATA1; 6132 6133 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 1; 6134 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 2; 6135 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 3; 6136 public static final int TYPE_MOBILE = 4; 6137 6138 /** 6139 * The display name for the email address 6140 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6141 */ 6142 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME = DATA4; 6143 6144 /** 6145 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6146 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6147 */ 6148 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 6149 switch (type) { 6150 case TYPE_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.emailTypeHome; 6151 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.emailTypeWork; 6152 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.emailTypeOther; 6153 case TYPE_MOBILE: return com.android.internal.R.string.emailTypeMobile; 6154 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.emailTypeCustom; 6155 } 6156 } 6157 6158 /** 6159 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6160 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6161 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6162 */ 6163 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6164 CharSequence label) { 6165 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6166 return label; 6167 } else { 6168 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 6169 return res.getText(labelRes); 6170 } 6171 } 6172 } 6173 6174 /** 6175 * <p> 6176 * A data kind representing a postal addresses. 6177 * </p> 6178 * <p> 6179 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6180 * well as the following aliases. 6181 * </p> 6182 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6183 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6184 * <tr> 6185 * <th>Type</th> 6186 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6187 * </tr> 6188 * <tr> 6189 * <td>String</td> 6190 * <td>{@link #FORMATTED_ADDRESS}</td> 6191 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 6192 * <td></td> 6193 * </tr> 6194 * <tr> 6195 * <td>int</td> 6196 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 6197 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 6198 * <td>Allowed values are: 6199 * <p> 6200 * <ul> 6201 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6202 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 6203 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 6204 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 6205 * </ul> 6206 * </p> 6207 * </td> 6208 * </tr> 6209 * <tr> 6210 * <td>String</td> 6211 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6212 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6213 * <td></td> 6214 * </tr> 6215 * <tr> 6216 * <td>String</td> 6217 * <td>{@link #STREET}</td> 6218 * <td>{@link #DATA4}</td> 6219 * <td></td> 6220 * </tr> 6221 * <tr> 6222 * <td>String</td> 6223 * <td>{@link #POBOX}</td> 6224 * <td>{@link #DATA5}</td> 6225 * <td>Post Office Box number</td> 6226 * </tr> 6227 * <tr> 6228 * <td>String</td> 6229 * <td>{@link #NEIGHBORHOOD}</td> 6230 * <td>{@link #DATA6}</td> 6231 * <td></td> 6232 * </tr> 6233 * <tr> 6234 * <td>String</td> 6235 * <td>{@link #CITY}</td> 6236 * <td>{@link #DATA7}</td> 6237 * <td></td> 6238 * </tr> 6239 * <tr> 6240 * <td>String</td> 6241 * <td>{@link #REGION}</td> 6242 * <td>{@link #DATA8}</td> 6243 * <td></td> 6244 * </tr> 6245 * <tr> 6246 * <td>String</td> 6247 * <td>{@link #POSTCODE}</td> 6248 * <td>{@link #DATA9}</td> 6249 * <td></td> 6250 * </tr> 6251 * <tr> 6252 * <td>String</td> 6253 * <td>{@link #COUNTRY}</td> 6254 * <td>{@link #DATA10}</td> 6255 * <td></td> 6256 * </tr> 6257 * </table> 6258 */ 6259 public static final class StructuredPostal implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 6260 ContactCounts { 6261 /** 6262 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6263 */ 6264 private StructuredPostal() { 6265 } 6266 6267 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6268 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = 6269 "vnd.android.cursor.item/postal-address_v2"; 6270 6271 /** 6272 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 6273 * postal addresses. 6274 */ 6275 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/postal-address_v2"; 6276 6277 /** 6278 * The content:// style URI for all data records of the 6279 * {@link StructuredPostal#CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} MIME type. 6280 */ 6281 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, 6282 "postals"); 6283 6284 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 1; 6285 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 2; 6286 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 3; 6287 6288 /** 6289 * The full, unstructured postal address. <i>This field must be 6290 * consistent with any structured data.</i> 6291 * <p> 6292 * Type: TEXT 6293 */ 6294 public static final String FORMATTED_ADDRESS = DATA; 6295 6296 /** 6297 * Can be street, avenue, road, etc. This element also includes the 6298 * house number and room/apartment/flat/floor number. 6299 * <p> 6300 * Type: TEXT 6301 */ 6302 public static final String STREET = DATA4; 6303 6304 /** 6305 * Covers actual P.O. boxes, drawers, locked bags, etc. This is 6306 * usually but not always mutually exclusive with street. 6307 * <p> 6308 * Type: TEXT 6309 */ 6310 public static final String POBOX = DATA5; 6311 6312 /** 6313 * This is used to disambiguate a street address when a city 6314 * contains more than one street with the same name, or to specify a 6315 * small place whose mail is routed through a larger postal town. In 6316 * China it could be a county or a minor city. 6317 * <p> 6318 * Type: TEXT 6319 */ 6320 public static final String NEIGHBORHOOD = DATA6; 6321 6322 /** 6323 * Can be city, village, town, borough, etc. This is the postal town 6324 * and not necessarily the place of residence or place of business. 6325 * <p> 6326 * Type: TEXT 6327 */ 6328 public static final String CITY = DATA7; 6329 6330 /** 6331 * A state, province, county (in Ireland), Land (in Germany), 6332 * departement (in France), etc. 6333 * <p> 6334 * Type: TEXT 6335 */ 6336 public static final String REGION = DATA8; 6337 6338 /** 6339 * Postal code. Usually country-wide, but sometimes specific to the 6340 * city (e.g. "2" in "Dublin 2, Ireland" addresses). 6341 * <p> 6342 * Type: TEXT 6343 */ 6344 public static final String POSTCODE = DATA9; 6345 6346 /** 6347 * The name or code of the country. 6348 * <p> 6349 * Type: TEXT 6350 */ 6351 public static final String COUNTRY = DATA10; 6352 6353 /** 6354 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6355 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6356 */ 6357 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 6358 switch (type) { 6359 case TYPE_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.postalTypeHome; 6360 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.postalTypeWork; 6361 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.postalTypeOther; 6362 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.postalTypeCustom; 6363 } 6364 } 6365 6366 /** 6367 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6368 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6369 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6370 */ 6371 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6372 CharSequence label) { 6373 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6374 return label; 6375 } else { 6376 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 6377 return res.getText(labelRes); 6378 } 6379 } 6380 } 6381 6382 /** 6383 * <p> 6384 * A data kind representing an IM address 6385 * </p> 6386 * <p> 6387 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6388 * well as the following aliases. 6389 * </p> 6390 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6391 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6392 * <tr> 6393 * <th>Type</th> 6394 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6395 * </tr> 6396 * <tr> 6397 * <td>String</td> 6398 * <td>{@link #DATA}</td> 6399 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 6400 * <td></td> 6401 * </tr> 6402 * <tr> 6403 * <td>int</td> 6404 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 6405 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 6406 * <td>Allowed values are: 6407 * <p> 6408 * <ul> 6409 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6410 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 6411 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 6412 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 6413 * </ul> 6414 * </p> 6415 * </td> 6416 * </tr> 6417 * <tr> 6418 * <td>String</td> 6419 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6420 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6421 * <td></td> 6422 * </tr> 6423 * <tr> 6424 * <td>String</td> 6425 * <td>{@link #PROTOCOL}</td> 6426 * <td>{@link #DATA5}</td> 6427 * <td> 6428 * <p> 6429 * Allowed values: 6430 * <ul> 6431 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}. Also provide the actual protocol name 6432 * as {@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL}.</li> 6433 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_AIM}</li> 6434 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_MSN}</li> 6435 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_YAHOO}</li> 6436 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_SKYPE}</li> 6437 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_QQ}</li> 6438 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_GOOGLE_TALK}</li> 6439 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_ICQ}</li> 6440 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_JABBER}</li> 6441 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_NETMEETING}</li> 6442 * </ul> 6443 * </p> 6444 * </td> 6445 * </tr> 6446 * <tr> 6447 * <td>String</td> 6448 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL}</td> 6449 * <td>{@link #DATA6}</td> 6450 * <td></td> 6451 * </tr> 6452 * </table> 6453 */ 6454 public static final class Im implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, ContactCounts { 6455 /** 6456 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6457 */ 6458 private Im() {} 6459 6460 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6461 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/im"; 6462 6463 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 1; 6464 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 2; 6465 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 3; 6466 6467 /** 6468 * This column should be populated with one of the defined 6469 * constants, e.g. {@link #PROTOCOL_YAHOO}. If the value of this 6470 * column is {@link #PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}, the {@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL} 6471 * should contain the name of the custom protocol. 6472 */ 6473 public static final String PROTOCOL = DATA5; 6474 6475 public static final String CUSTOM_PROTOCOL = DATA6; 6476 6477 /* 6478 * The predefined IM protocol types. 6479 */ 6480 public static final int PROTOCOL_CUSTOM = -1; 6481 public static final int PROTOCOL_AIM = 0; 6482 public static final int PROTOCOL_MSN = 1; 6483 public static final int PROTOCOL_YAHOO = 2; 6484 public static final int PROTOCOL_SKYPE = 3; 6485 public static final int PROTOCOL_QQ = 4; 6486 public static final int PROTOCOL_GOOGLE_TALK = 5; 6487 public static final int PROTOCOL_ICQ = 6; 6488 public static final int PROTOCOL_JABBER = 7; 6489 public static final int PROTOCOL_NETMEETING = 8; 6490 6491 /** 6492 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6493 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6494 */ 6495 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 6496 switch (type) { 6497 case TYPE_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.imTypeHome; 6498 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.imTypeWork; 6499 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.imTypeOther; 6500 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.imTypeCustom; 6501 } 6502 } 6503 6504 /** 6505 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6506 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6507 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6508 */ 6509 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6510 CharSequence label) { 6511 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6512 return label; 6513 } else { 6514 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 6515 return res.getText(labelRes); 6516 } 6517 } 6518 6519 /** 6520 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6521 * {@link #PROTOCOL}. Will always return a valid resource. 6522 */ 6523 public static final int getProtocolLabelResource(int type) { 6524 switch (type) { 6525 case PROTOCOL_AIM: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolAim; 6526 case PROTOCOL_MSN: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolMsn; 6527 case PROTOCOL_YAHOO: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolYahoo; 6528 case PROTOCOL_SKYPE: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolSkype; 6529 case PROTOCOL_QQ: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolQq; 6530 case PROTOCOL_GOOGLE_TALK: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolGoogleTalk; 6531 case PROTOCOL_ICQ: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolIcq; 6532 case PROTOCOL_JABBER: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolJabber; 6533 case PROTOCOL_NETMEETING: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolNetMeeting; 6534 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolCustom; 6535 } 6536 } 6537 6538 /** 6539 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given 6540 * protocol, possibly substituting the given 6541 * {@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL} value for {@link #PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}. 6542 */ 6543 public static final CharSequence getProtocolLabel(Resources res, int type, 6544 CharSequence label) { 6545 if (type == PROTOCOL_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6546 return label; 6547 } else { 6548 final int labelRes = getProtocolLabelResource(type); 6549 return res.getText(labelRes); 6550 } 6551 } 6552 } 6553 6554 /** 6555 * <p> 6556 * A data kind representing an organization. 6557 * </p> 6558 * <p> 6559 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6560 * well as the following aliases. 6561 * </p> 6562 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6563 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6564 * <tr> 6565 * <th>Type</th> 6566 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6567 * </tr> 6568 * <tr> 6569 * <td>String</td> 6570 * <td>{@link #COMPANY}</td> 6571 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 6572 * <td></td> 6573 * </tr> 6574 * <tr> 6575 * <td>int</td> 6576 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 6577 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 6578 * <td>Allowed values are: 6579 * <p> 6580 * <ul> 6581 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6582 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 6583 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 6584 * </ul> 6585 * </p> 6586 * </td> 6587 * </tr> 6588 * <tr> 6589 * <td>String</td> 6590 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6591 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6592 * <td></td> 6593 * </tr> 6594 * <tr> 6595 * <td>String</td> 6596 * <td>{@link #TITLE}</td> 6597 * <td>{@link #DATA4}</td> 6598 * <td></td> 6599 * </tr> 6600 * <tr> 6601 * <td>String</td> 6602 * <td>{@link #DEPARTMENT}</td> 6603 * <td>{@link #DATA5}</td> 6604 * <td></td> 6605 * </tr> 6606 * <tr> 6607 * <td>String</td> 6608 * <td>{@link #JOB_DESCRIPTION}</td> 6609 * <td>{@link #DATA6}</td> 6610 * <td></td> 6611 * </tr> 6612 * <tr> 6613 * <td>String</td> 6614 * <td>{@link #SYMBOL}</td> 6615 * <td>{@link #DATA7}</td> 6616 * <td></td> 6617 * </tr> 6618 * <tr> 6619 * <td>String</td> 6620 * <td>{@link #PHONETIC_NAME}</td> 6621 * <td>{@link #DATA8}</td> 6622 * <td></td> 6623 * </tr> 6624 * <tr> 6625 * <td>String</td> 6626 * <td>{@link #OFFICE_LOCATION}</td> 6627 * <td>{@link #DATA9}</td> 6628 * <td></td> 6629 * </tr> 6630 * <tr> 6631 * <td>String</td> 6632 * <td>PHONETIC_NAME_STYLE</td> 6633 * <td>{@link #DATA10}</td> 6634 * <td></td> 6635 * </tr> 6636 * </table> 6637 */ 6638 public static final class Organization implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 6639 ContactCounts { 6640 /** 6641 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6642 */ 6643 private Organization() {} 6644 6645 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6646 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/organization"; 6647 6648 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 1; 6649 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 2; 6650 6651 /** 6652 * The company as the user entered it. 6653 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6654 */ 6655 public static final String COMPANY = DATA; 6656 6657 /** 6658 * The position title at this company as the user entered it. 6659 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6660 */ 6661 public static final String TITLE = DATA4; 6662 6663 /** 6664 * The department at this company as the user entered it. 6665 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6666 */ 6667 public static final String DEPARTMENT = DATA5; 6668 6669 /** 6670 * The job description at this company as the user entered it. 6671 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6672 */ 6673 public static final String JOB_DESCRIPTION = DATA6; 6674 6675 /** 6676 * The symbol of this company as the user entered it. 6677 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6678 */ 6679 public static final String SYMBOL = DATA7; 6680 6681 /** 6682 * The phonetic name of this company as the user entered it. 6683 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6684 */ 6685 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME = DATA8; 6686 6687 /** 6688 * The office location of this organization. 6689 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6690 */ 6691 public static final String OFFICE_LOCATION = DATA9; 6692 6693 /** 6694 * The alphabet used for capturing the phonetic name. 6695 * See {@link ContactsContract.PhoneticNameStyle}. 6696 * @hide 6697 */ 6698 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME_STYLE = DATA10; 6699 6700 /** 6701 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6702 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6703 */ 6704 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 6705 switch (type) { 6706 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.orgTypeWork; 6707 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.orgTypeOther; 6708 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.orgTypeCustom; 6709 } 6710 } 6711 6712 /** 6713 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6714 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6715 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6716 */ 6717 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6718 CharSequence label) { 6719 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6720 return label; 6721 } else { 6722 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 6723 return res.getText(labelRes); 6724 } 6725 } 6726 } 6727 6728 /** 6729 * <p> 6730 * A data kind representing a relation. 6731 * </p> 6732 * <p> 6733 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6734 * well as the following aliases. 6735 * </p> 6736 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6737 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6738 * <tr> 6739 * <th>Type</th> 6740 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6741 * </tr> 6742 * <tr> 6743 * <td>String</td> 6744 * <td>{@link #NAME}</td> 6745 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 6746 * <td></td> 6747 * </tr> 6748 * <tr> 6749 * <td>int</td> 6750 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 6751 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 6752 * <td>Allowed values are: 6753 * <p> 6754 * <ul> 6755 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6756 * <li>{@link #TYPE_ASSISTANT}</li> 6757 * <li>{@link #TYPE_BROTHER}</li> 6758 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CHILD}</li> 6759 * <li>{@link #TYPE_DOMESTIC_PARTNER}</li> 6760 * <li>{@link #TYPE_FATHER}</li> 6761 * <li>{@link #TYPE_FRIEND}</li> 6762 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MANAGER}</li> 6763 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MOTHER}</li> 6764 * <li>{@link #TYPE_PARENT}</li> 6765 * <li>{@link #TYPE_PARTNER}</li> 6766 * <li>{@link #TYPE_REFERRED_BY}</li> 6767 * <li>{@link #TYPE_RELATIVE}</li> 6768 * <li>{@link #TYPE_SISTER}</li> 6769 * <li>{@link #TYPE_SPOUSE}</li> 6770 * </ul> 6771 * </p> 6772 * </td> 6773 * </tr> 6774 * <tr> 6775 * <td>String</td> 6776 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6777 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6778 * <td></td> 6779 * </tr> 6780 * </table> 6781 */ 6782 public static final class Relation implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 6783 ContactCounts { 6784 /** 6785 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6786 */ 6787 private Relation() {} 6788 6789 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6790 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/relation"; 6791 6792 public static final int TYPE_ASSISTANT = 1; 6793 public static final int TYPE_BROTHER = 2; 6794 public static final int TYPE_CHILD = 3; 6795 public static final int TYPE_DOMESTIC_PARTNER = 4; 6796 public static final int TYPE_FATHER = 5; 6797 public static final int TYPE_FRIEND = 6; 6798 public static final int TYPE_MANAGER = 7; 6799 public static final int TYPE_MOTHER = 8; 6800 public static final int TYPE_PARENT = 9; 6801 public static final int TYPE_PARTNER = 10; 6802 public static final int TYPE_REFERRED_BY = 11; 6803 public static final int TYPE_RELATIVE = 12; 6804 public static final int TYPE_SISTER = 13; 6805 public static final int TYPE_SPOUSE = 14; 6806 6807 /** 6808 * The name of the relative as the user entered it. 6809 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6810 */ 6811 public static final String NAME = DATA; 6812 6813 /** 6814 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6815 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6816 */ 6817 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 6818 switch (type) { 6819 case TYPE_ASSISTANT: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeAssistant; 6820 case TYPE_BROTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeBrother; 6821 case TYPE_CHILD: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeChild; 6822 case TYPE_DOMESTIC_PARTNER: 6823 return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeDomesticPartner; 6824 case TYPE_FATHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeFather; 6825 case TYPE_FRIEND: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeFriend; 6826 case TYPE_MANAGER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeManager; 6827 case TYPE_MOTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeMother; 6828 case TYPE_PARENT: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeParent; 6829 case TYPE_PARTNER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypePartner; 6830 case TYPE_REFERRED_BY: 6831 return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeReferredBy; 6832 case TYPE_RELATIVE: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeRelative; 6833 case TYPE_SISTER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeSister; 6834 case TYPE_SPOUSE: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeSpouse; 6835 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.orgTypeCustom; 6836 } 6837 } 6838 6839 /** 6840 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6841 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6842 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6843 */ 6844 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6845 CharSequence label) { 6846 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6847 return label; 6848 } else { 6849 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 6850 return res.getText(labelRes); 6851 } 6852 } 6853 } 6854 6855 /** 6856 * <p> 6857 * A data kind representing an event. 6858 * </p> 6859 * <p> 6860 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6861 * well as the following aliases. 6862 * </p> 6863 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6864 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6865 * <tr> 6866 * <th>Type</th> 6867 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6868 * </tr> 6869 * <tr> 6870 * <td>String</td> 6871 * <td>{@link #START_DATE}</td> 6872 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 6873 * <td></td> 6874 * </tr> 6875 * <tr> 6876 * <td>int</td> 6877 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 6878 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 6879 * <td>Allowed values are: 6880 * <p> 6881 * <ul> 6882 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6883 * <li>{@link #TYPE_ANNIVERSARY}</li> 6884 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 6885 * <li>{@link #TYPE_BIRTHDAY}</li> 6886 * </ul> 6887 * </p> 6888 * </td> 6889 * </tr> 6890 * <tr> 6891 * <td>String</td> 6892 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6893 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6894 * <td></td> 6895 * </tr> 6896 * </table> 6897 */ 6898 public static final class Event implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 6899 ContactCounts { 6900 /** 6901 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6902 */ 6903 private Event() {} 6904 6905 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6906 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/contact_event"; 6907 6908 public static final int TYPE_ANNIVERSARY = 1; 6909 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 2; 6910 public static final int TYPE_BIRTHDAY = 3; 6911 6912 /** 6913 * The event start date as the user entered it. 6914 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6915 */ 6916 public static final String START_DATE = DATA; 6917 6918 /** 6919 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6920 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6921 */ 6922 public static int getTypeResource(Integer type) { 6923 if (type == null) { 6924 return com.android.internal.R.string.eventTypeOther; 6925 } 6926 switch (type) { 6927 case TYPE_ANNIVERSARY: 6928 return com.android.internal.R.string.eventTypeAnniversary; 6929 case TYPE_BIRTHDAY: return com.android.internal.R.string.eventTypeBirthday; 6930 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.eventTypeOther; 6931 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.eventTypeCustom; 6932 } 6933 } 6934 6935 /** 6936 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6937 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6938 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6939 */ 6940 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6941 CharSequence label) { 6942 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6943 return label; 6944 } else { 6945 final int labelRes = getTypeResource(type); 6946 return res.getText(labelRes); 6947 } 6948 } 6949 } 6950 6951 /** 6952 * <p> 6953 * A data kind representing a photo for the contact. 6954 * </p> 6955 * <p> 6956 * Some sync adapters will choose to download photos in a separate 6957 * pass. A common pattern is to use columns {@link ContactsContract.Data#SYNC1} 6958 * through {@link ContactsContract.Data#SYNC4} to store temporary 6959 * data, e.g. the image URL or ID, state of download, server-side version 6960 * of the image. It is allowed for the {@link #PHOTO} to be null. 6961 * </p> 6962 * <p> 6963 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6964 * well as the following aliases. 6965 * </p> 6966 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6967 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6968 * <tr> 6969 * <th>Type</th> 6970 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6971 * </tr> 6972 * <tr> 6973 * <td>NUMBER</td> 6974 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_FILE_ID}</td> 6975 * <td>{@link #DATA14}</td> 6976 * <td>ID of the hi-res photo file.</td> 6977 * </tr> 6978 * <tr> 6979 * <td>BLOB</td> 6980 * <td>{@link #PHOTO}</td> 6981 * <td>{@link #DATA15}</td> 6982 * <td>By convention, binary data is stored in DATA15. The thumbnail of the 6983 * photo is stored in this column.</td> 6984 * </tr> 6985 * </table> 6986 */ 6987 public static final class Photo implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 6988 /** 6989 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6990 */ 6991 private Photo() {} 6992 6993 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6994 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/photo"; 6995 6996 /** 6997 * Photo file ID for the display photo of the raw contact. 6998 * See {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto}. 6999 * <p> 7000 * Type: NUMBER 7001 */ 7002 public static final String PHOTO_FILE_ID = DATA14; 7003 7004 /** 7005 * Thumbnail photo of the raw contact. This is the raw bytes of an image 7006 * that could be inflated using {@link android.graphics.BitmapFactory}. 7007 * <p> 7008 * Type: BLOB 7009 */ 7010 public static final String PHOTO = DATA15; 7011 } 7012 7013 /** 7014 * <p> 7015 * Notes about the contact. 7016 * </p> 7017 * <p> 7018 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 7019 * well as the following aliases. 7020 * </p> 7021 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 7022 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7023 * <tr> 7024 * <th>Type</th> 7025 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 7026 * </tr> 7027 * <tr> 7028 * <td>String</td> 7029 * <td>{@link #NOTE}</td> 7030 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 7031 * <td></td> 7032 * </tr> 7033 * </table> 7034 */ 7035 public static final class Note implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 7036 /** 7037 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7038 */ 7039 private Note() {} 7040 7041 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7042 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/note"; 7043 7044 /** 7045 * The note text. 7046 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7047 */ 7048 public static final String NOTE = DATA1; 7049 } 7050 7051 /** 7052 * <p> 7053 * Group Membership. 7054 * </p> 7055 * <p> 7056 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 7057 * well as the following aliases. 7058 * </p> 7059 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 7060 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7061 * <tr> 7062 * <th>Type</th> 7063 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 7064 * </tr> 7065 * <tr> 7066 * <td>long</td> 7067 * <td>{@link #GROUP_ROW_ID}</td> 7068 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 7069 * <td></td> 7070 * </tr> 7071 * <tr> 7072 * <td>String</td> 7073 * <td>{@link #GROUP_SOURCE_ID}</td> 7074 * <td>none</td> 7075 * <td> 7076 * <p> 7077 * The sourceid of the group that this group membership refers to. 7078 * Exactly one of this or {@link #GROUP_ROW_ID} must be set when 7079 * inserting a row. 7080 * </p> 7081 * <p> 7082 * If this field is specified, the provider will first try to 7083 * look up a group with this {@link Groups Groups.SOURCE_ID}. If such a group 7084 * is found, it will use the corresponding row id. If the group is not 7085 * found, it will create one. 7086 * </td> 7087 * </tr> 7088 * </table> 7089 */ 7090 public static final class GroupMembership implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 7091 /** 7092 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7093 */ 7094 private GroupMembership() {} 7095 7096 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7097 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = 7098 "vnd.android.cursor.item/group_membership"; 7099 7100 /** 7101 * The row id of the group that this group membership refers to. Exactly one of 7102 * this or {@link #GROUP_SOURCE_ID} must be set when inserting a row. 7103 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 7104 */ 7105 public static final String GROUP_ROW_ID = DATA1; 7106 7107 /** 7108 * The sourceid of the group that this group membership refers to. Exactly one of 7109 * this or {@link #GROUP_ROW_ID} must be set when inserting a row. 7110 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7111 */ 7112 public static final String GROUP_SOURCE_ID = "group_sourceid"; 7113 } 7114 7115 /** 7116 * <p> 7117 * A data kind representing a website related to the contact. 7118 * </p> 7119 * <p> 7120 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 7121 * well as the following aliases. 7122 * </p> 7123 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 7124 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7125 * <tr> 7126 * <th>Type</th> 7127 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 7128 * </tr> 7129 * <tr> 7130 * <td>String</td> 7131 * <td>{@link #URL}</td> 7132 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 7133 * <td></td> 7134 * </tr> 7135 * <tr> 7136 * <td>int</td> 7137 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 7138 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 7139 * <td>Allowed values are: 7140 * <p> 7141 * <ul> 7142 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 7143 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOMEPAGE}</li> 7144 * <li>{@link #TYPE_BLOG}</li> 7145 * <li>{@link #TYPE_PROFILE}</li> 7146 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 7147 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 7148 * <li>{@link #TYPE_FTP}</li> 7149 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 7150 * </ul> 7151 * </p> 7152 * </td> 7153 * </tr> 7154 * <tr> 7155 * <td>String</td> 7156 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 7157 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 7158 * <td></td> 7159 * </tr> 7160 * </table> 7161 */ 7162 public static final class Website implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 7163 ContactCounts { 7164 /** 7165 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7166 */ 7167 private Website() {} 7168 7169 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7170 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/website"; 7171 7172 public static final int TYPE_HOMEPAGE = 1; 7173 public static final int TYPE_BLOG = 2; 7174 public static final int TYPE_PROFILE = 3; 7175 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 4; 7176 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 5; 7177 public static final int TYPE_FTP = 6; 7178 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 7; 7179 7180 /** 7181 * The website URL string. 7182 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7183 */ 7184 public static final String URL = DATA; 7185 } 7186 7187 /** 7188 * <p> 7189 * A data kind representing a SIP address for the contact. 7190 * </p> 7191 * <p> 7192 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 7193 * well as the following aliases. 7194 * </p> 7195 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 7196 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7197 * <tr> 7198 * <th>Type</th> 7199 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 7200 * </tr> 7201 * <tr> 7202 * <td>String</td> 7203 * <td>{@link #SIP_ADDRESS}</td> 7204 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 7205 * <td></td> 7206 * </tr> 7207 * <tr> 7208 * <td>int</td> 7209 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 7210 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 7211 * <td>Allowed values are: 7212 * <p> 7213 * <ul> 7214 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 7215 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 7216 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 7217 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 7218 * </ul> 7219 * </p> 7220 * </td> 7221 * </tr> 7222 * <tr> 7223 * <td>String</td> 7224 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 7225 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 7226 * <td></td> 7227 * </tr> 7228 * </table> 7229 */ 7230 public static final class SipAddress implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 7231 ContactCounts { 7232 /** 7233 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7234 */ 7235 private SipAddress() {} 7236 7237 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7238 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/sip_address"; 7239 7240 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 1; 7241 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 2; 7242 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 3; 7243 7244 /** 7245 * The SIP address. 7246 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7247 */ 7248 public static final String SIP_ADDRESS = DATA1; 7249 // ...and TYPE and LABEL come from the CommonColumns interface. 7250 7251 /** 7252 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 7253 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 7254 */ 7255 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 7256 switch (type) { 7257 case TYPE_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.sipAddressTypeHome; 7258 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.sipAddressTypeWork; 7259 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.sipAddressTypeOther; 7260 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.sipAddressTypeCustom; 7261 } 7262 } 7263 7264 /** 7265 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 7266 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 7267 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 7268 */ 7269 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 7270 CharSequence label) { 7271 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 7272 return label; 7273 } else { 7274 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 7275 return res.getText(labelRes); 7276 } 7277 } 7278 } 7279 7280 /** 7281 * A data kind representing an Identity related to the contact. 7282 * <p> 7283 * This can be used as a signal by the aggregator to combine raw contacts into 7284 * contacts, e.g. if two contacts have Identity rows with 7285 * the same NAMESPACE and IDENTITY values the aggregator can know that they refer 7286 * to the same person. 7287 * </p> 7288 */ 7289 public static final class Identity implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 7290 /** 7291 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7292 */ 7293 private Identity() {} 7294 7295 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7296 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/identity"; 7297 7298 /** 7299 * The identity string. 7300 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7301 */ 7302 public static final String IDENTITY = DataColumns.DATA1; 7303 7304 /** 7305 * The namespace of the identity string, e.g. "com.google" 7306 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7307 */ 7308 public static final String NAMESPACE = DataColumns.DATA2; 7309 } 7310 7311 /** 7312 * <p> 7313 * Convenient functionalities for "callable" data. Note that, this is NOT a separate data 7314 * kind. 7315 * </p> 7316 * <p> 7317 * This URI allows the ContactsProvider to return a unified result for "callable" data 7318 * that users can use for calling purposes. {@link Phone} and {@link SipAddress} are the 7319 * current examples for "callable", but may be expanded to the other types. 7320 * </p> 7321 * <p> 7322 * Each returned row may have a different MIMETYPE and thus different interpretation for 7323 * each column. For example the meaning for {@link Phone}'s type is different than 7324 * {@link SipAddress}'s. 7325 * </p> 7326 */ 7327 public static final class Callable implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 7328 ContactCounts { 7329 /** 7330 * Similar to {@link Phone#CONTENT_URI}, but returns callable data instead of only 7331 * phone numbers. 7332 */ 7333 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, 7334 "callables"); 7335 /** 7336 * Similar to {@link Phone#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, but allows users to filter callable 7337 * data. 7338 */ 7339 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 7340 "filter"); 7341 } 7342 7343 /** 7344 * A special class of data items, used to refer to types of data that can be used to attempt 7345 * to start communicating with a person ({@link Phone} and {@link Email}). Note that this 7346 * is NOT a separate data kind. 7347 * 7348 * This URI allows the ContactsProvider to return a unified result for data items that users 7349 * can use to initiate communications with another contact. {@link Phone} and {@link Email} 7350 * are the current data types in this category. 7351 */ 7352 public static final class Contactables implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 7353 ContactCounts { 7354 /** 7355 * The content:// style URI for these data items, which requests a directory of data 7356 * rows matching the selection criteria. 7357 */ 7358 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, 7359 "contactables"); 7360 7361 /** 7362 * The content:// style URI for these data items, which allows for a query parameter to 7363 * be appended onto the end to filter for data items matching the query. 7364 */ 7365 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 7366 Contactables.CONTENT_URI, "filter"); 7367 7368 /** 7369 * A boolean parameter for {@link Data#CONTENT_URI}. 7370 * This specifies whether or not the returned data items should be filtered to show 7371 * data items belonging to visible contacts only. 7372 */ 7373 public static final String VISIBLE_CONTACTS_ONLY = "visible_contacts_only"; 7374 } 7375 } 7376 7377 /** 7378 * @see Groups 7379 */ 7380 protected interface GroupsColumns { 7381 /** 7382 * The data set within the account that this group belongs to. This allows 7383 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 7384 * each others' group data. 7385 * 7386 * This is empty by default, and is completely optional. It only needs to 7387 * be populated if multiple sync adapters are entering distinct group data 7388 * for the same account type and account name. 7389 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7390 */ 7391 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 7392 7393 /** 7394 * A concatenation of the account type and data set (delimited by a forward 7395 * slash) - if the data set is empty, this will be the same as the account 7396 * type. For applications that need to be aware of the data set, this can 7397 * be used instead of account type to distinguish sets of data. This is 7398 * never intended to be used for specifying accounts. 7399 * @hide 7400 */ 7401 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE_AND_DATA_SET = "account_type_and_data_set"; 7402 7403 /** 7404 * The display title of this group. 7405 * <p> 7406 * Type: TEXT 7407 */ 7408 public static final String TITLE = "title"; 7409 7410 /** 7411 * The package name to use when creating {@link Resources} objects for 7412 * this group. This value is only designed for use when building user 7413 * interfaces, and should not be used to infer the owner. 7414 */ 7415 public static final String RES_PACKAGE = "res_package"; 7416 7417 /** 7418 * The display title of this group to load as a resource from 7419 * {@link #RES_PACKAGE}, which may be localized. 7420 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7421 */ 7422 public static final String TITLE_RES = "title_res"; 7423 7424 /** 7425 * Notes about the group. 7426 * <p> 7427 * Type: TEXT 7428 */ 7429 public static final String NOTES = "notes"; 7430 7431 /** 7432 * The ID of this group if it is a System Group, i.e. a group that has a special meaning 7433 * to the sync adapter, null otherwise. 7434 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7435 */ 7436 public static final String SYSTEM_ID = "system_id"; 7437 7438 /** 7439 * The total number of {@link Contacts} that have 7440 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} in this group. Read-only value that is only 7441 * present when querying {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}. 7442 * <p> 7443 * Type: INTEGER 7444 */ 7445 public static final String SUMMARY_COUNT = "summ_count"; 7446 7447 /** 7448 * A boolean query parameter that can be used with {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}. 7449 * It will additionally return {@link #SUMMARY_GROUP_COUNT_PER_ACCOUNT}. 7450 * 7451 * @hide 7452 */ 7453 public static final String PARAM_RETURN_GROUP_COUNT_PER_ACCOUNT = 7454 "return_group_count_per_account"; 7455 7456 /** 7457 * The total number of groups of the account that a group belongs to. 7458 * This column is available only when the parameter 7459 * {@link #PARAM_RETURN_GROUP_COUNT_PER_ACCOUNT} is specified in 7460 * {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}. 7461 * 7462 * For example, when the account "A" has two groups "group1" and "group2", and the account 7463 * "B" has a group "group3", the rows for "group1" and "group2" return "2" and the row for 7464 * "group3" returns "1" for this column. 7465 * 7466 * Note: This counts only non-favorites, non-auto-add, and not deleted groups. 7467 * 7468 * Type: INTEGER 7469 * @hide 7470 */ 7471 public static final String SUMMARY_GROUP_COUNT_PER_ACCOUNT = "group_count_per_account"; 7472 7473 /** 7474 * The total number of {@link Contacts} that have both 7475 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} in this group, and also have phone numbers. 7476 * Read-only value that is only present when querying 7477 * {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}. 7478 * <p> 7479 * Type: INTEGER 7480 */ 7481 public static final String SUMMARY_WITH_PHONES = "summ_phones"; 7482 7483 /** 7484 * Flag indicating if the contacts belonging to this group should be 7485 * visible in any user interface. 7486 * <p> 7487 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 7488 */ 7489 public static final String GROUP_VISIBLE = "group_visible"; 7490 7491 /** 7492 * The "deleted" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row has been marked 7493 * for deletion. When {@link android.content.ContentResolver#delete} is 7494 * called on a group, it is marked for deletion. The sync adaptor 7495 * deletes the group on the server and then calls ContactResolver.delete 7496 * once more, this time setting the the 7497 * {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} query parameter to 7498 * finalize the data removal. 7499 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 7500 */ 7501 public static final String DELETED = "deleted"; 7502 7503 /** 7504 * Whether this group should be synced if the SYNC_EVERYTHING settings 7505 * is false for this group's account. 7506 * <p> 7507 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 7508 */ 7509 public static final String SHOULD_SYNC = "should_sync"; 7510 7511 /** 7512 * Any newly created contacts will automatically be added to groups that have this 7513 * flag set to true. 7514 * <p> 7515 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 7516 */ 7517 public static final String AUTO_ADD = "auto_add"; 7518 7519 /** 7520 * When a contacts is marked as a favorites it will be automatically added 7521 * to the groups that have this flag set, and when it is removed from favorites 7522 * it will be removed from these groups. 7523 * <p> 7524 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 7525 */ 7526 public static final String FAVORITES = "favorites"; 7527 7528 /** 7529 * The "read-only" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row cannot be modified or 7530 * deleted except by a sync adapter. See {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER}. 7531 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 7532 */ 7533 public static final String GROUP_IS_READ_ONLY = "group_is_read_only"; 7534 } 7535 7536 /** 7537 * Constants for the groups table. Only per-account groups are supported. 7538 * <h2>Columns</h2> 7539 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7540 * <tr> 7541 * <th colspan='4'>Groups</th> 7542 * </tr> 7543 * <tr> 7544 * <td>long</td> 7545 * <td>{@link #_ID}</td> 7546 * <td>read-only</td> 7547 * <td>Row ID. Sync adapter should try to preserve row IDs during updates. 7548 * In other words, it would be a really bad idea to delete and reinsert a 7549 * group. A sync adapter should always do an update instead.</td> 7550 * </tr> 7551 # <tr> 7552 * <td>String</td> 7553 * <td>{@link #DATA_SET}</td> 7554 * <td>read/write-once</td> 7555 * <td> 7556 * <p> 7557 * The data set within the account that this group belongs to. This allows 7558 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 7559 * each others' group data. The combination of {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE}, 7560 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME}, and {@link #DATA_SET} identifies a set of data 7561 * that is associated with a single sync adapter. 7562 * </p> 7563 * <p> 7564 * This is empty by default, and is completely optional. It only needs to 7565 * be populated if multiple sync adapters are entering distinct data for 7566 * the same account type and account name. 7567 * </p> 7568 * <p> 7569 * It should be set at the time the group is inserted and never changed 7570 * afterwards. 7571 * </p> 7572 * </td> 7573 * </tr> 7574 * <tr> 7575 * <td>String</td> 7576 * <td>{@link #TITLE}</td> 7577 * <td>read/write</td> 7578 * <td>The display title of this group.</td> 7579 * </tr> 7580 * <tr> 7581 * <td>String</td> 7582 * <td>{@link #NOTES}</td> 7583 * <td>read/write</td> 7584 * <td>Notes about the group.</td> 7585 * </tr> 7586 * <tr> 7587 * <td>String</td> 7588 * <td>{@link #SYSTEM_ID}</td> 7589 * <td>read/write</td> 7590 * <td>The ID of this group if it is a System Group, i.e. a group that has a 7591 * special meaning to the sync adapter, null otherwise.</td> 7592 * </tr> 7593 * <tr> 7594 * <td>int</td> 7595 * <td>{@link #SUMMARY_COUNT}</td> 7596 * <td>read-only</td> 7597 * <td>The total number of {@link Contacts} that have 7598 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} in this group. Read-only value 7599 * that is only present when querying {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}.</td> 7600 * </tr> 7601 * <tr> 7602 * <td>int</td> 7603 * <td>{@link #SUMMARY_WITH_PHONES}</td> 7604 * <td>read-only</td> 7605 * <td>The total number of {@link Contacts} that have both 7606 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} in this group, and also have 7607 * phone numbers. Read-only value that is only present when querying 7608 * {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}.</td> 7609 * </tr> 7610 * <tr> 7611 * <td>int</td> 7612 * <td>{@link #GROUP_VISIBLE}</td> 7613 * <td>read-only</td> 7614 * <td>Flag indicating if the contacts belonging to this group should be 7615 * visible in any user interface. Allowed values: 0 and 1.</td> 7616 * </tr> 7617 * <tr> 7618 * <td>int</td> 7619 * <td>{@link #DELETED}</td> 7620 * <td>read/write</td> 7621 * <td>The "deleted" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row has been marked 7622 * for deletion. When {@link android.content.ContentResolver#delete} is 7623 * called on a group, it is marked for deletion. The sync adaptor deletes 7624 * the group on the server and then calls ContactResolver.delete once more, 7625 * this time setting the the {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} 7626 * query parameter to finalize the data removal.</td> 7627 * </tr> 7628 * <tr> 7629 * <td>int</td> 7630 * <td>{@link #SHOULD_SYNC}</td> 7631 * <td>read/write</td> 7632 * <td>Whether this group should be synced if the SYNC_EVERYTHING settings 7633 * is false for this group's account.</td> 7634 * </tr> 7635 * </table> 7636 */ 7637 public static final class Groups implements BaseColumns, GroupsColumns, SyncColumns { 7638 /** 7639 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7640 */ 7641 private Groups() { 7642 } 7643 7644 /** 7645 * The content:// style URI for this table 7646 */ 7647 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "groups"); 7648 7649 /** 7650 * The content:// style URI for this table joined with details data from 7651 * {@link ContactsContract.Data}. 7652 */ 7653 public static final Uri CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 7654 "groups_summary"); 7655 7656 /** 7657 * The MIME type of a directory of groups. 7658 */ 7659 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/group"; 7660 7661 /** 7662 * The MIME type of a single group. 7663 */ 7664 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/group"; 7665 7666 public static EntityIterator newEntityIterator(Cursor cursor) { 7667 return new EntityIteratorImpl(cursor); 7668 } 7669 7670 private static class EntityIteratorImpl extends CursorEntityIterator { 7671 public EntityIteratorImpl(Cursor cursor) { 7672 super(cursor); 7673 } 7674 7675 @Override 7676 public Entity getEntityAndIncrementCursor(Cursor cursor) throws RemoteException { 7677 // we expect the cursor is already at the row we need to read from 7678 final ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 7679 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, _ID); 7680 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, ACCOUNT_NAME); 7681 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, ACCOUNT_TYPE); 7682 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, DIRTY); 7683 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, VERSION); 7684 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SOURCE_ID); 7685 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, RES_PACKAGE); 7686 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, TITLE); 7687 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, TITLE_RES); 7688 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, GROUP_VISIBLE); 7689 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SYNC1); 7690 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SYNC2); 7691 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SYNC3); 7692 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SYNC4); 7693 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SYSTEM_ID); 7694 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, DELETED); 7695 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, NOTES); 7696 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SHOULD_SYNC); 7697 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, FAVORITES); 7698 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, AUTO_ADD); 7699 cursor.moveToNext(); 7700 return new Entity(values); 7701 } 7702 } 7703 } 7704 7705 /** 7706 * <p> 7707 * Constants for the contact aggregation exceptions table, which contains 7708 * aggregation rules overriding those used by automatic aggregation. This 7709 * type only supports query and update. Neither insert nor delete are 7710 * supported. 7711 * </p> 7712 * <h2>Columns</h2> 7713 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7714 * <tr> 7715 * <th colspan='4'>AggregationExceptions</th> 7716 * </tr> 7717 * <tr> 7718 * <td>int</td> 7719 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 7720 * <td>read/write</td> 7721 * <td>The type of exception: {@link #TYPE_KEEP_TOGETHER}, 7722 * {@link #TYPE_KEEP_SEPARATE} or {@link #TYPE_AUTOMATIC}.</td> 7723 * </tr> 7724 * <tr> 7725 * <td>long</td> 7726 * <td>{@link #RAW_CONTACT_ID1}</td> 7727 * <td>read/write</td> 7728 * <td>A reference to the {@link RawContacts#_ID} of the raw contact that 7729 * the rule applies to.</td> 7730 * </tr> 7731 * <tr> 7732 * <td>long</td> 7733 * <td>{@link #RAW_CONTACT_ID2}</td> 7734 * <td>read/write</td> 7735 * <td>A reference to the other {@link RawContacts#_ID} of the raw contact 7736 * that the rule applies to.</td> 7737 * </tr> 7738 * </table> 7739 */ 7740 public static final class AggregationExceptions implements BaseColumns { 7741 /** 7742 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7743 */ 7744 private AggregationExceptions() {} 7745 7746 /** 7747 * The content:// style URI for this table 7748 */ 7749 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 7750 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "aggregation_exceptions"); 7751 7752 /** 7753 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of data. 7754 */ 7755 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/aggregation_exception"; 7756 7757 /** 7758 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of an aggregation exception 7759 */ 7760 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = 7761 "vnd.android.cursor.item/aggregation_exception"; 7762 7763 /** 7764 * The type of exception: {@link #TYPE_KEEP_TOGETHER}, {@link #TYPE_KEEP_SEPARATE} or 7765 * {@link #TYPE_AUTOMATIC}. 7766 * 7767 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 7768 */ 7769 public static final String TYPE = "type"; 7770 7771 /** 7772 * Allows the provider to automatically decide whether the specified raw contacts should 7773 * be included in the same aggregate contact or not. 7774 */ 7775 public static final int TYPE_AUTOMATIC = 0; 7776 7777 /** 7778 * Makes sure that the specified raw contacts are included in the same 7779 * aggregate contact. 7780 */ 7781 public static final int TYPE_KEEP_TOGETHER = 1; 7782 7783 /** 7784 * Makes sure that the specified raw contacts are NOT included in the same 7785 * aggregate contact. 7786 */ 7787 public static final int TYPE_KEEP_SEPARATE = 2; 7788 7789 /** 7790 * A reference to the {@link RawContacts#_ID} of the raw contact that the rule applies to. 7791 */ 7792 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_ID1 = "raw_contact_id1"; 7793 7794 /** 7795 * A reference to the other {@link RawContacts#_ID} of the raw contact that the rule 7796 * applies to. 7797 */ 7798 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_ID2 = "raw_contact_id2"; 7799 } 7800 7801 /** 7802 * @see Settings 7803 */ 7804 protected interface SettingsColumns { 7805 /** 7806 * The name of the account instance to which this row belongs. 7807 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7808 */ 7809 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "account_name"; 7810 7811 /** 7812 * The type of account to which this row belongs, which when paired with 7813 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} identifies a specific account. 7814 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7815 */ 7816 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "account_type"; 7817 7818 /** 7819 * The data set within the account that this row belongs to. This allows 7820 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 7821 * each others' data. 7822 * 7823 * This is empty by default, and is completely optional. It only needs to 7824 * be populated if multiple sync adapters are entering distinct data for 7825 * the same account type and account name. 7826 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7827 */ 7828 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 7829 7830 /** 7831 * Depending on the mode defined by the sync-adapter, this flag controls 7832 * the top-level sync behavior for this data source. 7833 * <p> 7834 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 7835 */ 7836 public static final String SHOULD_SYNC = "should_sync"; 7837 7838 /** 7839 * Flag indicating if contacts without any {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} 7840 * entries should be visible in any user interface. 7841 * <p> 7842 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 7843 */ 7844 public static final String UNGROUPED_VISIBLE = "ungrouped_visible"; 7845 7846 /** 7847 * Read-only flag indicating if this {@link #SHOULD_SYNC} or any 7848 * {@link Groups#SHOULD_SYNC} under this account have been marked as 7849 * unsynced. 7850 */ 7851 public static final String ANY_UNSYNCED = "any_unsynced"; 7852 7853 /** 7854 * Read-only count of {@link Contacts} from a specific source that have 7855 * no {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} entries. 7856 * <p> 7857 * Type: INTEGER 7858 */ 7859 public static final String UNGROUPED_COUNT = "summ_count"; 7860 7861 /** 7862 * Read-only count of {@link Contacts} from a specific source that have 7863 * no {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} entries, and also have phone numbers. 7864 * <p> 7865 * Type: INTEGER 7866 */ 7867 public static final String UNGROUPED_WITH_PHONES = "summ_phones"; 7868 } 7869 7870 /** 7871 * <p> 7872 * Contacts-specific settings for various {@link Account}'s. 7873 * </p> 7874 * <h2>Columns</h2> 7875 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7876 * <tr> 7877 * <th colspan='4'>Settings</th> 7878 * </tr> 7879 * <tr> 7880 * <td>String</td> 7881 * <td>{@link #ACCOUNT_NAME}</td> 7882 * <td>read/write-once</td> 7883 * <td>The name of the account instance to which this row belongs.</td> 7884 * </tr> 7885 * <tr> 7886 * <td>String</td> 7887 * <td>{@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE}</td> 7888 * <td>read/write-once</td> 7889 * <td>The type of account to which this row belongs, which when paired with 7890 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} identifies a specific account.</td> 7891 * </tr> 7892 * <tr> 7893 * <td>int</td> 7894 * <td>{@link #SHOULD_SYNC}</td> 7895 * <td>read/write</td> 7896 * <td>Depending on the mode defined by the sync-adapter, this flag controls 7897 * the top-level sync behavior for this data source.</td> 7898 * </tr> 7899 * <tr> 7900 * <td>int</td> 7901 * <td>{@link #UNGROUPED_VISIBLE}</td> 7902 * <td>read/write</td> 7903 * <td>Flag indicating if contacts without any 7904 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} entries should be visible in any 7905 * user interface.</td> 7906 * </tr> 7907 * <tr> 7908 * <td>int</td> 7909 * <td>{@link #ANY_UNSYNCED}</td> 7910 * <td>read-only</td> 7911 * <td>Read-only flag indicating if this {@link #SHOULD_SYNC} or any 7912 * {@link Groups#SHOULD_SYNC} under this account have been marked as 7913 * unsynced.</td> 7914 * </tr> 7915 * <tr> 7916 * <td>int</td> 7917 * <td>{@link #UNGROUPED_COUNT}</td> 7918 * <td>read-only</td> 7919 * <td>Read-only count of {@link Contacts} from a specific source that have 7920 * no {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} entries.</td> 7921 * </tr> 7922 * <tr> 7923 * <td>int</td> 7924 * <td>{@link #UNGROUPED_WITH_PHONES}</td> 7925 * <td>read-only</td> 7926 * <td>Read-only count of {@link Contacts} from a specific source that have 7927 * no {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} entries, and also have phone 7928 * numbers.</td> 7929 * </tr> 7930 * </table> 7931 */ 7932 public static final class Settings implements SettingsColumns { 7933 /** 7934 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7935 */ 7936 private Settings() { 7937 } 7938 7939 /** 7940 * The content:// style URI for this table 7941 */ 7942 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 7943 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "settings"); 7944 7945 /** 7946 * The MIME-type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 7947 * settings. 7948 */ 7949 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/setting"; 7950 7951 /** 7952 * The MIME-type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a single setting. 7953 */ 7954 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/setting"; 7955 } 7956 7957 /** 7958 * API for inquiring about the general status of the provider. 7959 */ 7960 public static final class ProviderStatus { 7961 7962 /** 7963 * Not instantiable. 7964 */ 7965 private ProviderStatus() { 7966 } 7967 7968 /** 7969 * The content:// style URI for this table. Requests to this URI can be 7970 * performed on the UI thread because they are always unblocking. 7971 */ 7972 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 7973 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "provider_status"); 7974 7975 /** 7976 * The MIME-type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 7977 * settings. 7978 */ 7979 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/provider_status"; 7980 7981 /** 7982 * An integer representing the current status of the provider. 7983 */ 7984 public static final String STATUS = "status"; 7985 7986 /** 7987 * Default status of the provider. 7988 */ 7989 public static final int STATUS_NORMAL = 0; 7990 7991 /** 7992 * The provider won't respond to queries. It is in the middle of a long running task, such 7993 * as a database upgrade or locale change. 7994 */ 7995 public static final int STATUS_BUSY = 1; 7996 7997 /** 7998 * The status that indicates that there are no accounts and no contacts 7999 * on the device. 8000 */ 8001 public static final int STATUS_EMPTY = 2; 8002 } 8003 8004 /** 8005 * <p> 8006 * API allowing applications to send usage information for each {@link Data} row to the 8007 * Contacts Provider. Applications can also clear all usage information. 8008 * </p> 8009 * <p> 8010 * With the feedback, Contacts Provider may return more contextually appropriate results for 8011 * Data listing, typically supplied with 8012 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, 8013 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Email#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, 8014 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, and users can benefit 8015 * from better ranked (sorted) lists in applications that show auto-complete list. 8016 * </p> 8017 * <p> 8018 * There is no guarantee for how this feedback is used, or even whether it is used at all. 8019 * The ranking algorithm will make best efforts to use the feedback data, but the exact 8020 * implementation, the storage data structures as well as the resulting sort order is device 8021 * and version specific and can change over time. 8022 * </p> 8023 * <p> 8024 * When updating usage information, users of this API need to use 8025 * {@link ContentResolver#update(Uri, ContentValues, String, String[])} with a Uri constructed 8026 * from {@link DataUsageFeedback#FEEDBACK_URI}. The Uri must contain one or more data id(s) as 8027 * its last path. They also need to append a query parameter to the Uri, to specify the type of 8028 * the communication, which enables the Contacts Provider to differentiate between kinds of 8029 * interactions using the same contact data field (for example a phone number can be used to 8030 * make phone calls or send SMS). 8031 * </p> 8032 * <p> 8033 * Selection and selectionArgs are ignored and must be set to null. To get data ids, 8034 * you may need to call {@link ContentResolver#query(Uri, String[], String, String[], String)} 8035 * toward {@link Data#CONTENT_URI}. 8036 * </p> 8037 * <p> 8038 * {@link ContentResolver#update(Uri, ContentValues, String, String[])} returns a positive 8039 * integer when successful, and returns 0 if no contact with that id was found. 8040 * </p> 8041 * <p> 8042 * Example: 8043 * <pre> 8044 * Uri uri = DataUsageFeedback.FEEDBACK_URI.buildUpon() 8045 * .appendPath(TextUtils.join(",", dataIds)) 8046 * .appendQueryParameter(DataUsageFeedback.USAGE_TYPE, 8047 * DataUsageFeedback.USAGE_TYPE_CALL) 8048 * .build(); 8049 * boolean successful = resolver.update(uri, new ContentValues(), null, null) > 0; 8050 * </pre> 8051 * </p> 8052 * <p> 8053 * Applications can also clear all usage information with: 8054 * <pre> 8055 * boolean successful = resolver.delete(DataUsageFeedback.DELETE_USAGE_URI, null, null) > 0; 8056 * </pre> 8057 * </p> 8058 */ 8059 public static final class DataUsageFeedback { 8060 8061 /** 8062 * The content:// style URI for sending usage feedback. 8063 * Must be used with {@link ContentResolver#update(Uri, ContentValues, String, String[])}. 8064 */ 8065 public static final Uri FEEDBACK_URI = 8066 Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, "usagefeedback"); 8067 8068 /** 8069 * The content:// style URI for deleting all usage information. 8070 * Must be used with {@link ContentResolver#delete(Uri, String, String[])}. 8071 * The {@code where} and {@code selectionArgs} parameters are ignored. 8072 */ 8073 public static final Uri DELETE_USAGE_URI = 8074 Uri.withAppendedPath(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, "delete_usage"); 8075 8076 /** 8077 * <p> 8078 * Name for query parameter specifying the type of data usage. 8079 * </p> 8080 */ 8081 public static final String USAGE_TYPE = "type"; 8082 8083 /** 8084 * <p> 8085 * Type of usage for voice interaction, which includes phone call, voice chat, and 8086 * video chat. 8087 * </p> 8088 */ 8089 public static final String USAGE_TYPE_CALL = "call"; 8090 8091 /** 8092 * <p> 8093 * Type of usage for text interaction involving longer messages, which includes email. 8094 * </p> 8095 */ 8096 public static final String USAGE_TYPE_LONG_TEXT = "long_text"; 8097 8098 /** 8099 * <p> 8100 * Type of usage for text interaction involving shorter messages, which includes SMS, 8101 * text chat with email addresses. 8102 * </p> 8103 */ 8104 public static final String USAGE_TYPE_SHORT_TEXT = "short_text"; 8105 } 8106 8107 /** 8108 * <p> 8109 * Contact-specific information about whether or not a contact has been pinned by the user 8110 * at a particular position within the system contact application's user interface. 8111 * </p> 8112 * 8113 * <p> 8114 * This pinning information can be used by individual applications to customize how 8115 * they order particular pinned contacts. For example, a Dialer application could 8116 * use pinned information to order user-pinned contacts in a top row of favorites. 8117 * </p> 8118 * 8119 * <p> 8120 * It is possible for two or more contacts to occupy the same pinned position (due 8121 * to aggregation and sync), so this pinning information should be used on a best-effort 8122 * basis to order contacts in-application rather than an absolute guide on where a contact 8123 * should be positioned. Contacts returned by the ContactsProvider will not be ordered based 8124 * on this information, so it is up to the client application to reorder these contacts within 8125 * their own UI adhering to (or ignoring as appropriate) information stored in the pinned 8126 * column. 8127 * </p> 8128 * 8129 * <p> 8130 * By default, unpinned contacts will have a pinned position of 8131 * {@link PinnedPositions#UNPINNED}. Client-provided pinned positions can be positive 8132 * integers that are greater than 1. 8133 * </p> 8134 */ 8135 public static final class PinnedPositions { 8136 /** 8137 * The method to invoke in order to undemote a formerly demoted contact. The contact id of 8138 * the contact must be provided as an argument. If the contact was not previously demoted, 8139 * nothing will be done. 8140 * @hide 8141 */ 8142 public static final String UNDEMOTE_METHOD = "undemote"; 8143 8144 /** 8145 * Undemotes a formerly demoted contact. If the contact was not previously demoted, nothing 8146 * will be done. 8147 * 8148 * @param contentResolver to perform the undemote operation on. 8149 * @param contactId the id of the contact to undemote. 8150 */ 8151 public static void undemote(ContentResolver contentResolver, long contactId) { 8152 contentResolver.call(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY_URI, PinnedPositions.UNDEMOTE_METHOD, 8153 String.valueOf(contactId), null); 8154 } 8155 8156 /** 8157 * Pins a contact at a provided position, or unpins a contact. 8158 * 8159 * @param contentResolver to perform the pinning operation on. 8160 * @param pinnedPosition the position to pin the contact at. To unpin a contact, use 8161 * {@link PinnedPositions#UNPINNED}. 8162 */ 8163 public static void pin( 8164 ContentResolver contentResolver, long contactId, int pinnedPosition) { 8165 final Uri uri = Uri.withAppendedPath(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, String.valueOf(contactId)); 8166 final ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 8167 values.put(Contacts.PINNED, pinnedPosition); 8168 contentResolver.update(uri, values, null, null); 8169 } 8170 8171 /** 8172 * Default value for the pinned position of an unpinned contact. 8173 */ 8174 public static final int UNPINNED = 0; 8175 8176 /** 8177 * Value of pinned position for a contact that a user has indicated should be considered 8178 * of the lowest priority. It is up to the client application to determine how to present 8179 * such a contact - for example all the way at the bottom of a contact list, or simply 8180 * just hidden from view. 8181 */ 8182 public static final int DEMOTED = -1; 8183 } 8184 8185 /** 8186 * Helper methods to display QuickContact dialogs that display all the information belonging to 8187 * a specific {@link Contacts} entry. 8188 */ 8189 public static final class QuickContact { 8190 /** 8191 * Action used to launch the system contacts application and bring up a QuickContact dialog 8192 * for the provided {@link Contacts} entry. 8193 */ 8194 public static final String ACTION_QUICK_CONTACT = 8195 "android.provider.action.QUICK_CONTACT"; 8196 8197 /** 8198 * Extra used to specify pivot dialog location in screen coordinates. 8199 * @deprecated Use {@link Intent#setSourceBounds(Rect)} instead. 8200 * @hide 8201 */ 8202 @Deprecated 8203 public static final String EXTRA_TARGET_RECT = "android.provider.extra.TARGET_RECT"; 8204 8205 /** 8206 * Extra used to specify size of QuickContacts. Not all implementations of QuickContacts 8207 * will respect this extra's value. 8208 * 8209 * One of {@link #MODE_SMALL}, {@link #MODE_MEDIUM}, or {@link #MODE_LARGE}. 8210 */ 8211 public static final String EXTRA_MODE = "android.provider.extra.MODE"; 8212 8213 /** 8214 * Extra used to specify which mimetype should be prioritized in the QuickContacts UI. 8215 * For example, passing the value {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} can 8216 * cause phone numbers to be displayed more prominently in QuickContacts. 8217 */ 8218 public static final String EXTRA_PRIORITIZED_MIMETYPE 8219 = "android.provider.extra.PRIORITIZED_MIMETYPE"; 8220 8221 /** 8222 * Extra used to indicate a list of specific MIME-types to exclude and not display in the 8223 * QuickContacts dialog. Stored as a {@link String} array. 8224 */ 8225 public static final String EXTRA_EXCLUDE_MIMES = "android.provider.extra.EXCLUDE_MIMES"; 8226 8227 /** 8228 * Small QuickContact mode, usually presented with minimal actions. 8229 */ 8230 public static final int MODE_SMALL = 1; 8231 8232 /** 8233 * Medium QuickContact mode, includes actions and light summary describing 8234 * the {@link Contacts} entry being shown. This may include social 8235 * status and presence details. 8236 */ 8237 public static final int MODE_MEDIUM = 2; 8238 8239 /** 8240 * Large QuickContact mode, includes actions and larger, card-like summary 8241 * of the {@link Contacts} entry being shown. This may include detailed 8242 * information, such as a photo. 8243 */ 8244 public static final int MODE_LARGE = 3; 8245 8246 /** @hide */ 8247 public static final int MODE_DEFAULT = MODE_LARGE; 8248 8249 /** 8250 * Constructs the QuickContacts intent with a view's rect. 8251 * @hide 8252 */ 8253 public static Intent composeQuickContactsIntent(Context context, View target, Uri lookupUri, 8254 int mode, String[] excludeMimes) { 8255 // Find location and bounds of target view, adjusting based on the 8256 // assumed local density. 8257 final float appScale = context.getResources().getCompatibilityInfo().applicationScale; 8258 final int[] pos = new int[2]; 8259 target.getLocationOnScreen(pos); 8260 8261 final Rect rect = new Rect(); 8262 rect.left = (int) (pos[0] * appScale + 0.5f); 8263 rect.top = (int) (pos[1] * appScale + 0.5f); 8264 rect.right = (int) ((pos[0] + target.getWidth()) * appScale + 0.5f); 8265 rect.bottom = (int) ((pos[1] + target.getHeight()) * appScale + 0.5f); 8266 8267 return composeQuickContactsIntent(context, rect, lookupUri, mode, excludeMimes); 8268 } 8269 8270 /** 8271 * Constructs the QuickContacts intent. 8272 * @hide 8273 */ 8274 public static Intent composeQuickContactsIntent(Context context, Rect target, 8275 Uri lookupUri, int mode, String[] excludeMimes) { 8276 // When launching from an Activiy, we don't want to start a new task, but otherwise 8277 // we *must* start a new task. (Otherwise startActivity() would crash.) 8278 Context actualContext = context; 8279 while ((actualContext instanceof ContextWrapper) 8280 && !(actualContext instanceof Activity)) { 8281 actualContext = ((ContextWrapper) actualContext).getBaseContext(); 8282 } 8283 final int intentFlags = ((actualContext instanceof Activity) 8284 ? 0 : Intent.FLAG_ACTIVITY_NEW_TASK | Intent.FLAG_ACTIVITY_CLEAR_TASK) 8285 // Workaround for b/16898764. Declaring singleTop in manifest doesn't work. 8286 | Intent.FLAG_ACTIVITY_SINGLE_TOP; 8287 8288 // Launch pivot dialog through intent for now 8289 final Intent intent = new Intent(ACTION_QUICK_CONTACT).addFlags(intentFlags); 8290 8291 // NOTE: This logic and rebuildManagedQuickContactsIntent() must be in sync. 8292 intent.setData(lookupUri); 8293 intent.setSourceBounds(target); 8294 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_MODE, mode); 8295 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_EXCLUDE_MIMES, excludeMimes); 8296 return intent; 8297 } 8298 8299 /** 8300 * Constructs a QuickContacts intent based on an incoming intent for DevicePolicyManager 8301 * to strip off anything not necessary. 8302 * 8303 * @hide 8304 */ 8305 public static Intent rebuildManagedQuickContactsIntent(String lookupKey, long contactId, 8306 Intent originalIntent) { 8307 final Intent intent = new Intent(ACTION_QUICK_CONTACT); 8308 // Rebuild the URI from a lookup key and a contact ID. 8309 intent.setData(Contacts.getLookupUri(contactId, lookupKey)); 8310 8311 // Copy flags and always set NEW_TASK because it won't have a parent activity. 8312 intent.setFlags(originalIntent.getFlags() | Intent.FLAG_ACTIVITY_NEW_TASK); 8313 8314 // Copy extras. 8315 intent.setSourceBounds(originalIntent.getSourceBounds()); 8316 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_MODE, originalIntent.getIntExtra(EXTRA_MODE, MODE_DEFAULT)); 8317 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_EXCLUDE_MIMES, 8318 originalIntent.getStringArrayExtra(EXTRA_EXCLUDE_MIMES)); 8319 return intent; 8320 } 8321 8322 8323 /** 8324 * Trigger a dialog that lists the various methods of interacting with 8325 * the requested {@link Contacts} entry. This may be based on available 8326 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows under that contact, and may also 8327 * include social status and presence details. 8328 * 8329 * @param context The parent {@link Context} that may be used as the 8330 * parent for this dialog. 8331 * @param target Specific {@link View} from your layout that this dialog 8332 * should be centered around. In particular, if the dialog 8333 * has a "callout" arrow, it will be pointed and centered 8334 * around this {@link View}. 8335 * @param lookupUri A {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} style 8336 * {@link Uri} that describes a specific contact to feature 8337 * in this dialog. 8338 * @param mode Any of {@link #MODE_SMALL}, {@link #MODE_MEDIUM}, or 8339 * {@link #MODE_LARGE}, indicating the desired dialog size, 8340 * when supported. 8341 * @param excludeMimes Optional list of {@link Data#MIMETYPE} MIME-types 8342 * to exclude when showing this dialog. For example, when 8343 * already viewing the contact details card, this can be used 8344 * to omit the details entry from the dialog. 8345 */ 8346 public static void showQuickContact(Context context, View target, Uri lookupUri, int mode, 8347 String[] excludeMimes) { 8348 // Trigger with obtained rectangle 8349 Intent intent = composeQuickContactsIntent(context, target, lookupUri, mode, 8350 excludeMimes); 8351 ContactsInternal.startQuickContactWithErrorToast(context, intent); 8352 } 8353 8354 /** 8355 * Trigger a dialog that lists the various methods of interacting with 8356 * the requested {@link Contacts} entry. This may be based on available 8357 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows under that contact, and may also 8358 * include social status and presence details. 8359 * 8360 * @param context The parent {@link Context} that may be used as the 8361 * parent for this dialog. 8362 * @param target Specific {@link Rect} that this dialog should be 8363 * centered around, in screen coordinates. In particular, if 8364 * the dialog has a "callout" arrow, it will be pointed and 8365 * centered around this {@link Rect}. If you are running at a 8366 * non-native density, you need to manually adjust using 8367 * {@link DisplayMetrics#density} before calling. 8368 * @param lookupUri A 8369 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} style 8370 * {@link Uri} that describes a specific contact to feature 8371 * in this dialog. 8372 * @param mode Any of {@link #MODE_SMALL}, {@link #MODE_MEDIUM}, or 8373 * {@link #MODE_LARGE}, indicating the desired dialog size, 8374 * when supported. 8375 * @param excludeMimes Optional list of {@link Data#MIMETYPE} MIME-types 8376 * to exclude when showing this dialog. For example, when 8377 * already viewing the contact details card, this can be used 8378 * to omit the details entry from the dialog. 8379 */ 8380 public static void showQuickContact(Context context, Rect target, Uri lookupUri, int mode, 8381 String[] excludeMimes) { 8382 Intent intent = composeQuickContactsIntent(context, target, lookupUri, mode, 8383 excludeMimes); 8384 ContactsInternal.startQuickContactWithErrorToast(context, intent); 8385 } 8386 8387 /** 8388 * Trigger a dialog that lists the various methods of interacting with 8389 * the requested {@link Contacts} entry. This may be based on available 8390 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows under that contact, and may also 8391 * include social status and presence details. 8392 * 8393 * @param context The parent {@link Context} that may be used as the 8394 * parent for this dialog. 8395 * @param target Specific {@link View} from your layout that this dialog 8396 * should be centered around. In particular, if the dialog 8397 * has a "callout" arrow, it will be pointed and centered 8398 * around this {@link View}. 8399 * @param lookupUri A 8400 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} style 8401 * {@link Uri} that describes a specific contact to feature 8402 * in this dialog. 8403 * @param excludeMimes Optional list of {@link Data#MIMETYPE} MIME-types 8404 * to exclude when showing this dialog. For example, when 8405 * already viewing the contact details card, this can be used 8406 * to omit the details entry from the dialog. 8407 * @param prioritizedMimeType This mimetype should be prioritized in the QuickContacts UI. 8408 * For example, passing the value 8409 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} can cause phone numbers to be 8410 * displayed more prominently in QuickContacts. 8411 */ 8412 public static void showQuickContact(Context context, View target, Uri lookupUri, 8413 String[] excludeMimes, String prioritizedMimeType) { 8414 // Use MODE_LARGE instead of accepting mode as a parameter. The different mode 8415 // values defined in ContactsContract only affect very old implementations 8416 // of QuickContacts. 8417 Intent intent = composeQuickContactsIntent(context, target, lookupUri, MODE_DEFAULT, 8418 excludeMimes); 8419 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_PRIORITIZED_MIMETYPE, prioritizedMimeType); 8420 ContactsInternal.startQuickContactWithErrorToast(context, intent); 8421 } 8422 8423 /** 8424 * Trigger a dialog that lists the various methods of interacting with 8425 * the requested {@link Contacts} entry. This may be based on available 8426 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows under that contact, and may also 8427 * include social status and presence details. 8428 * 8429 * @param context The parent {@link Context} that may be used as the 8430 * parent for this dialog. 8431 * @param target Specific {@link Rect} that this dialog should be 8432 * centered around, in screen coordinates. In particular, if 8433 * the dialog has a "callout" arrow, it will be pointed and 8434 * centered around this {@link Rect}. If you are running at a 8435 * non-native density, you need to manually adjust using 8436 * {@link DisplayMetrics#density} before calling. 8437 * @param lookupUri A 8438 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} style 8439 * {@link Uri} that describes a specific contact to feature 8440 * in this dialog. 8441 * @param excludeMimes Optional list of {@link Data#MIMETYPE} MIME-types 8442 * to exclude when showing this dialog. For example, when 8443 * already viewing the contact details card, this can be used 8444 * to omit the details entry from the dialog. 8445 * @param prioritizedMimeType This mimetype should be prioritized in the QuickContacts UI. 8446 * For example, passing the value 8447 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} can cause phone numbers to be 8448 * displayed more prominently in QuickContacts. 8449 */ 8450 public static void showQuickContact(Context context, Rect target, Uri lookupUri, 8451 String[] excludeMimes, String prioritizedMimeType) { 8452 // Use MODE_LARGE instead of accepting mode as a parameter. The different mode 8453 // values defined in ContactsContract only affect very old implementations 8454 // of QuickContacts. 8455 Intent intent = composeQuickContactsIntent(context, target, lookupUri, MODE_DEFAULT, 8456 excludeMimes); 8457 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_PRIORITIZED_MIMETYPE, prioritizedMimeType); 8458 ContactsInternal.startQuickContactWithErrorToast(context, intent); 8459 } 8460 } 8461 8462 /** 8463 * Helper class for accessing full-size photos by photo file ID. 8464 * <p> 8465 * Usage example: 8466 * <dl> 8467 * <dt>Retrieving a full-size photo by photo file ID (see 8468 * {@link ContactsContract.ContactsColumns#PHOTO_FILE_ID}) 8469 * </dt> 8470 * <dd> 8471 * <pre> 8472 * public InputStream openDisplayPhoto(long photoFileId) { 8473 * Uri displayPhotoUri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(DisplayPhoto.CONTENT_URI, photoKey); 8474 * try { 8475 * AssetFileDescriptor fd = getContentResolver().openAssetFileDescriptor( 8476 * displayPhotoUri, "r"); 8477 * return fd.createInputStream(); 8478 * } catch (IOException e) { 8479 * return null; 8480 * } 8481 * } 8482 * </pre> 8483 * </dd> 8484 * </dl> 8485 * </p> 8486 */ 8487 public static final class DisplayPhoto { 8488 /** 8489 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 8490 */ 8491 private DisplayPhoto() {} 8492 8493 /** 8494 * The content:// style URI for this class, which allows access to full-size photos, 8495 * given a key. 8496 */ 8497 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "display_photo"); 8498 8499 /** 8500 * This URI allows the caller to query for the maximum dimensions of a display photo 8501 * or thumbnail. Requests to this URI can be performed on the UI thread because 8502 * they are always unblocking. 8503 */ 8504 public static final Uri CONTENT_MAX_DIMENSIONS_URI = 8505 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "photo_dimensions"); 8506 8507 /** 8508 * Queries to {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto#CONTENT_MAX_DIMENSIONS_URI} will 8509 * contain this column, populated with the maximum height and width (in pixels) 8510 * that will be stored for a display photo. Larger photos will be down-sized to 8511 * fit within a square of this many pixels. 8512 */ 8513 public static final String DISPLAY_MAX_DIM = "display_max_dim"; 8514 8515 /** 8516 * Queries to {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto#CONTENT_MAX_DIMENSIONS_URI} will 8517 * contain this column, populated with the height and width (in pixels) for photo 8518 * thumbnails. 8519 */ 8520 public static final String THUMBNAIL_MAX_DIM = "thumbnail_max_dim"; 8521 } 8522 8523 /** 8524 * Contains helper classes used to create or manage {@link android.content.Intent Intents} 8525 * that involve contacts. 8526 */ 8527 public static final class Intents { 8528 /** 8529 * This is the intent that is fired when a search suggestion is clicked on. 8530 */ 8531 public static final String SEARCH_SUGGESTION_CLICKED = 8532 "android.provider.Contacts.SEARCH_SUGGESTION_CLICKED"; 8533 8534 /** 8535 * This is the intent that is fired when a search suggestion for dialing a number 8536 * is clicked on. 8537 */ 8538 public static final String SEARCH_SUGGESTION_DIAL_NUMBER_CLICKED = 8539 "android.provider.Contacts.SEARCH_SUGGESTION_DIAL_NUMBER_CLICKED"; 8540 8541 /** 8542 * This is the intent that is fired when a search suggestion for creating a contact 8543 * is clicked on. 8544 */ 8545 public static final String SEARCH_SUGGESTION_CREATE_CONTACT_CLICKED = 8546 "android.provider.Contacts.SEARCH_SUGGESTION_CREATE_CONTACT_CLICKED"; 8547 8548 /** 8549 * This is the intent that is fired when the contacts database is created. <p> The 8550 * READ_CONTACT permission is required to receive these broadcasts. 8551 */ 8552 public static final String CONTACTS_DATABASE_CREATED = 8553 "android.provider.Contacts.DATABASE_CREATED"; 8554 8555 /** 8556 * Starts an Activity that lets the user pick a contact to attach an image to. 8557 * After picking the contact it launches the image cropper in face detection mode. 8558 */ 8559 public static final String ATTACH_IMAGE = 8560 "com.android.contacts.action.ATTACH_IMAGE"; 8561 8562 /** 8563 * This is the intent that is fired when the user clicks the "invite to the network" button 8564 * on a contact. Only sent to an activity which is explicitly registered by a contact 8565 * provider which supports the "invite to the network" feature. 8566 * <p> 8567 * {@link Intent#getData()} contains the lookup URI for the contact. 8568 */ 8569 public static final String INVITE_CONTACT = 8570 "com.android.contacts.action.INVITE_CONTACT"; 8571 8572 /** 8573 * Takes as input a data URI with a mailto: or tel: scheme. If a single 8574 * contact exists with the given data it will be shown. If no contact 8575 * exists, a dialog will ask the user if they want to create a new 8576 * contact with the provided details filled in. If multiple contacts 8577 * share the data the user will be prompted to pick which contact they 8578 * want to view. 8579 * <p> 8580 * For <code>mailto:</code> URIs, the scheme specific portion must be a 8581 * raw email address, such as one built using 8582 * {@link Uri#fromParts(String, String, String)}. 8583 * <p> 8584 * For <code>tel:</code> URIs, the scheme specific portion is compared 8585 * to existing numbers using the standard caller ID lookup algorithm. 8586 * The number must be properly encoded, for example using 8587 * {@link Uri#fromParts(String, String, String)}. 8588 * <p> 8589 * Any extras from the {@link Insert} class will be passed along to the 8590 * create activity if there are no contacts to show. 8591 * <p> 8592 * Passing true for the {@link #EXTRA_FORCE_CREATE} extra will skip 8593 * prompting the user when the contact doesn't exist. 8594 */ 8595 public static final String SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT = 8596 "com.android.contacts.action.SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT"; 8597 8598 /** 8599 * Starts an Activity that lets the user select the multiple phones from a 8600 * list of phone numbers which come from the contacts or 8601 * {@link #EXTRA_PHONE_URIS}. 8602 * <p> 8603 * The phone numbers being passed in through {@link #EXTRA_PHONE_URIS} 8604 * could belong to the contacts or not, and will be selected by default. 8605 * <p> 8606 * The user's selection will be returned from 8607 * {@link android.app.Activity#onActivityResult(int, int, android.content.Intent)} 8608 * if the resultCode is 8609 * {@link android.app.Activity#RESULT_OK}, the array of picked phone 8610 * numbers are in the Intent's 8611 * {@link #EXTRA_PHONE_URIS}; otherwise, the 8612 * {@link android.app.Activity#RESULT_CANCELED} is returned if the user 8613 * left the Activity without changing the selection. 8614 * 8615 * @hide 8616 */ 8617 public static final String ACTION_GET_MULTIPLE_PHONES = 8618 "com.android.contacts.action.GET_MULTIPLE_PHONES"; 8619 8620 /** 8621 * A broadcast action which is sent when any change has been made to the profile, such 8622 * as the profile name or the picture. A receiver must have 8623 * the android.permission.READ_PROFILE permission. 8624 * 8625 * @hide 8626 */ 8627 public static final String ACTION_PROFILE_CHANGED = 8628 "android.provider.Contacts.PROFILE_CHANGED"; 8629 8630 /** 8631 * Used with {@link #SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT} to force creating a new 8632 * contact if no matching contact found. Otherwise, default behavior is 8633 * to prompt user with dialog before creating. 8634 * <p> 8635 * Type: BOOLEAN 8636 */ 8637 public static final String EXTRA_FORCE_CREATE = 8638 "com.android.contacts.action.FORCE_CREATE"; 8639 8640 /** 8641 * Used with {@link #SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT} to specify an exact 8642 * description to be shown when prompting user about creating a new 8643 * contact. 8644 * <p> 8645 * Type: STRING 8646 */ 8647 public static final String EXTRA_CREATE_DESCRIPTION = 8648 "com.android.contacts.action.CREATE_DESCRIPTION"; 8649 8650 /** 8651 * Used with {@link #ACTION_GET_MULTIPLE_PHONES} as the input or output value. 8652 * <p> 8653 * The phone numbers want to be picked by default should be passed in as 8654 * input value. These phone numbers could belong to the contacts or not. 8655 * <p> 8656 * The phone numbers which were picked by the user are returned as output 8657 * value. 8658 * <p> 8659 * Type: array of URIs, the tel URI is used for the phone numbers which don't 8660 * belong to any contact, the content URI is used for phone id in contacts. 8661 * 8662 * @hide 8663 */ 8664 public static final String EXTRA_PHONE_URIS = 8665 "com.android.contacts.extra.PHONE_URIS"; 8666 8667 /** 8668 * Optional extra used with {@link #SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT} to specify a 8669 * dialog location using screen coordinates. When not specified, the 8670 * dialog will be centered. 8671 * 8672 * @hide 8673 */ 8674 @Deprecated 8675 public static final String EXTRA_TARGET_RECT = "target_rect"; 8676 8677 /** 8678 * Optional extra used with {@link #SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT} to specify a 8679 * desired dialog style, usually a variation on size. One of 8680 * {@link #MODE_SMALL}, {@link #MODE_MEDIUM}, or {@link #MODE_LARGE}. 8681 * 8682 * @hide 8683 */ 8684 @Deprecated 8685 public static final String EXTRA_MODE = "mode"; 8686 8687 /** 8688 * Value for {@link #EXTRA_MODE} to show a small-sized dialog. 8689 * 8690 * @hide 8691 */ 8692 @Deprecated 8693 public static final int MODE_SMALL = 1; 8694 8695 /** 8696 * Value for {@link #EXTRA_MODE} to show a medium-sized dialog. 8697 * 8698 * @hide 8699 */ 8700 @Deprecated 8701 public static final int MODE_MEDIUM = 2; 8702 8703 /** 8704 * Value for {@link #EXTRA_MODE} to show a large-sized dialog. 8705 * 8706 * @hide 8707 */ 8708 @Deprecated 8709 public static final int MODE_LARGE = 3; 8710 8711 /** 8712 * Optional extra used with {@link #SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT} to indicate 8713 * a list of specific MIME-types to exclude and not display. Stored as a 8714 * {@link String} array. 8715 * 8716 * @hide 8717 */ 8718 @Deprecated 8719 public static final String EXTRA_EXCLUDE_MIMES = "exclude_mimes"; 8720 8721 /** 8722 * Convenience class that contains string constants used 8723 * to create contact {@link android.content.Intent Intents}. 8724 */ 8725 public static final class Insert { 8726 /** The action code to use when adding a contact */ 8727 public static final String ACTION = Intent.ACTION_INSERT; 8728 8729 /** 8730 * If present, forces a bypass of quick insert mode. 8731 */ 8732 public static final String FULL_MODE = "full_mode"; 8733 8734 /** 8735 * The extra field for the contact name. 8736 * <P>Type: String</P> 8737 */ 8738 public static final String NAME = "name"; 8739 8740 // TODO add structured name values here. 8741 8742 /** 8743 * The extra field for the contact phonetic name. 8744 * <P>Type: String</P> 8745 */ 8746 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME = "phonetic_name"; 8747 8748 /** 8749 * The extra field for the contact company. 8750 * <P>Type: String</P> 8751 */ 8752 public static final String COMPANY = "company"; 8753 8754 /** 8755 * The extra field for the contact job title. 8756 * <P>Type: String</P> 8757 */ 8758 public static final String JOB_TITLE = "job_title"; 8759 8760 /** 8761 * The extra field for the contact notes. 8762 * <P>Type: String</P> 8763 */ 8764 public static final String NOTES = "notes"; 8765 8766 /** 8767 * The extra field for the contact phone number. 8768 * <P>Type: String</P> 8769 */ 8770 public static final String PHONE = "phone"; 8771 8772 /** 8773 * The extra field for the contact phone number type. 8774 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 8775 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}, 8776 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 8777 */ 8778 public static final String PHONE_TYPE = "phone_type"; 8779 8780 /** 8781 * The extra field for the phone isprimary flag. 8782 * <P>Type: boolean</P> 8783 */ 8784 public static final String PHONE_ISPRIMARY = "phone_isprimary"; 8785 8786 /** 8787 * The extra field for an optional second contact phone number. 8788 * <P>Type: String</P> 8789 */ 8790 public static final String SECONDARY_PHONE = "secondary_phone"; 8791 8792 /** 8793 * The extra field for an optional second contact phone number type. 8794 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 8795 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}, 8796 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 8797 */ 8798 public static final String SECONDARY_PHONE_TYPE = "secondary_phone_type"; 8799 8800 /** 8801 * The extra field for an optional third contact phone number. 8802 * <P>Type: String</P> 8803 */ 8804 public static final String TERTIARY_PHONE = "tertiary_phone"; 8805 8806 /** 8807 * The extra field for an optional third contact phone number type. 8808 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 8809 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}, 8810 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 8811 */ 8812 public static final String TERTIARY_PHONE_TYPE = "tertiary_phone_type"; 8813 8814 /** 8815 * The extra field for the contact email address. 8816 * <P>Type: String</P> 8817 */ 8818 public static final String EMAIL = "email"; 8819 8820 /** 8821 * The extra field for the contact email type. 8822 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 8823 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email} 8824 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 8825 */ 8826 public static final String EMAIL_TYPE = "email_type"; 8827 8828 /** 8829 * The extra field for the email isprimary flag. 8830 * <P>Type: boolean</P> 8831 */ 8832 public static final String EMAIL_ISPRIMARY = "email_isprimary"; 8833 8834 /** 8835 * The extra field for an optional second contact email address. 8836 * <P>Type: String</P> 8837 */ 8838 public static final String SECONDARY_EMAIL = "secondary_email"; 8839 8840 /** 8841 * The extra field for an optional second contact email type. 8842 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 8843 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email} 8844 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 8845 */ 8846 public static final String SECONDARY_EMAIL_TYPE = "secondary_email_type"; 8847 8848 /** 8849 * The extra field for an optional third contact email address. 8850 * <P>Type: String</P> 8851 */ 8852 public static final String TERTIARY_EMAIL = "tertiary_email"; 8853 8854 /** 8855 * The extra field for an optional third contact email type. 8856 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 8857 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email} 8858 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 8859 */ 8860 public static final String TERTIARY_EMAIL_TYPE = "tertiary_email_type"; 8861 8862 /** 8863 * The extra field for the contact postal address. 8864 * <P>Type: String</P> 8865 */ 8866 public static final String POSTAL = "postal"; 8867 8868 /** 8869 * The extra field for the contact postal address type. 8870 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 8871 * {@link CommonDataKinds.StructuredPostal} 8872 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 8873 */ 8874 public static final String POSTAL_TYPE = "postal_type"; 8875 8876 /** 8877 * The extra field for the postal isprimary flag. 8878 * <P>Type: boolean</P> 8879 */ 8880 public static final String POSTAL_ISPRIMARY = "postal_isprimary"; 8881 8882 /** 8883 * The extra field for an IM handle. 8884 * <P>Type: String</P> 8885 */ 8886 public static final String IM_HANDLE = "im_handle"; 8887 8888 /** 8889 * The extra field for the IM protocol 8890 */ 8891 public static final String IM_PROTOCOL = "im_protocol"; 8892 8893 /** 8894 * The extra field for the IM isprimary flag. 8895 * <P>Type: boolean</P> 8896 */ 8897 public static final String IM_ISPRIMARY = "im_isprimary"; 8898 8899 /** 8900 * The extra field that allows the client to supply multiple rows of 8901 * arbitrary data for a single contact created using the {@link Intent#ACTION_INSERT} 8902 * or edited using {@link Intent#ACTION_EDIT}. It is an ArrayList of 8903 * {@link ContentValues}, one per data row. Supplying this extra is 8904 * similar to inserting multiple rows into the {@link Data} table, 8905 * except the user gets a chance to see and edit them before saving. 8906 * Each ContentValues object must have a value for {@link Data#MIMETYPE}. 8907 * If supplied values are not visible in the editor UI, they will be 8908 * dropped. Duplicate data will dropped. Some fields 8909 * like {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#TYPE Email.TYPE} may be automatically 8910 * adjusted to comply with the constraints of the specific account type. 8911 * For example, an Exchange contact can only have one phone numbers of type Home, 8912 * so the contact editor may choose a different type for this phone number to 8913 * avoid dropping the valueable part of the row, which is the phone number. 8914 * <p> 8915 * Example: 8916 * <pre> 8917 * ArrayList<ContentValues> data = new ArrayList<ContentValues>(); 8918 * 8919 * ContentValues row1 = new ContentValues(); 8920 * row1.put(Data.MIMETYPE, Organization.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE); 8921 * row1.put(Organization.COMPANY, "Android"); 8922 * data.add(row1); 8923 * 8924 * ContentValues row2 = new ContentValues(); 8925 * row2.put(Data.MIMETYPE, Email.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE); 8926 * row2.put(Email.TYPE, Email.TYPE_CUSTOM); 8927 * row2.put(Email.LABEL, "Green Bot"); 8928 * row2.put(Email.ADDRESS, "android@android.com"); 8929 * data.add(row2); 8930 * 8931 * Intent intent = new Intent(Intent.ACTION_INSERT, Contacts.CONTENT_URI); 8932 * intent.putParcelableArrayListExtra(Insert.DATA, data); 8933 * 8934 * startActivity(intent); 8935 * </pre> 8936 */ 8937 public static final String DATA = "data"; 8938 8939 /** 8940 * Used to specify the account in which to create the new contact. 8941 * <p> 8942 * If this value is not provided, the user is presented with a disambiguation 8943 * dialog to chose an account 8944 * <p> 8945 * Type: {@link Account} 8946 */ 8947 public static final String EXTRA_ACCOUNT = "android.provider.extra.ACCOUNT"; 8948 8949 /** 8950 * Used to specify the data set within the account in which to create the 8951 * new contact. 8952 * <p> 8953 * This value is optional - if it is not specified, the contact will be 8954 * created in the base account, with no data set. 8955 * <p> 8956 * Type: String 8957 */ 8958 public static final String EXTRA_DATA_SET = "android.provider.extra.DATA_SET"; 8959 } 8960 } 8961 8962 /** 8963 * @hide 8964 */ 8965 @SystemApi 8966 protected interface MetadataSyncColumns { 8967 8968 /** 8969 * The raw contact backup id. 8970 * A reference to the {@link ContactsContract.RawContacts#BACKUP_ID} that save the 8971 * persistent unique id for each raw contact within its source system. 8972 */ 8973 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_BACKUP_ID = "raw_contact_backup_id"; 8974 8975 /** 8976 * The account type to which the raw_contact of this item is associated. See 8977 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} 8978 */ 8979 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "account_type"; 8980 8981 /** 8982 * The account name to which the raw_contact of this item is associated. See 8983 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_NAME} 8984 */ 8985 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "account_name"; 8986 8987 /** 8988 * The data set within the account that the raw_contact of this row belongs to. This allows 8989 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 8990 * each others' data. 8991 * {@link RawContacts#DATA_SET} 8992 */ 8993 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 8994 8995 /** 8996 * A text column contains the Json string got from People API. The Json string contains 8997 * all the metadata related to the raw contact, i.e., all the data fields and 8998 * aggregation exceptions. 8999 * 9000 * Here is an example of the Json string got from the actual schema. 9001 * <pre> 9002 * { 9003 * "unique_contact_id": { 9004 * "account_type": "CUSTOM_ACCOUNT", 9005 * "custom_account_type": "facebook", 9006 * "account_name": "android-test", 9007 * "contact_id": "1111111", 9008 * "data_set": "FOCUS" 9009 * }, 9010 * "contact_prefs": { 9011 * "send_to_voicemail": true, 9012 * "starred": false, 9013 * "pinned": 2 9014 * }, 9015 * "aggregation_data": [ 9016 * { 9017 * "type": "TOGETHER", 9018 * "contact_ids": [ 9019 * { 9020 * "account_type": "GOOGLE_ACCOUNT", 9021 * "account_name": "android-test2", 9022 * "contact_id": "2222222", 9023 * "data_set": "GOOGLE_PLUS" 9024 * }, 9025 * { 9026 * "account_type": "GOOGLE_ACCOUNT", 9027 * "account_name": "android-test3", 9028 * "contact_id": "3333333", 9029 * "data_set": "CUSTOM", 9030 * "custom_data_set": "custom type" 9031 * } 9032 * ] 9033 * } 9034 * ], 9035 * "field_data": [ 9036 * { 9037 * "field_data_id": "1001", 9038 * "field_data_prefs": { 9039 * "is_primary": true, 9040 * "is_super_primary": true 9041 * }, 9042 * "usage_stats": [ 9043 * { 9044 * "usage_type": "CALL", 9045 * "last_time_used": 10000001, 9046 * "usage_count": 10 9047 * } 9048 * ] 9049 * } 9050 * ] 9051 * } 9052 * </pre> 9053 */ 9054 public static final String DATA = "data"; 9055 9056 /** 9057 * The "deleted" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row has been marked 9058 * for deletion. When {@link android.content.ContentResolver#delete} is 9059 * called on a raw contact, updating MetadataSync table to set the flag of the raw contact 9060 * as "1", then metadata sync adapter deletes the raw contact metadata on the server. 9061 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 9062 */ 9063 public static final String DELETED = "deleted"; 9064 } 9065 9066 /** 9067 * Constants for the metadata sync table. This table is used to cache the metadata_sync data 9068 * from server before it is merged into other CP2 tables. 9069 * 9070 * @hide 9071 */ 9072 @SystemApi 9073 public static final class MetadataSync implements BaseColumns, MetadataSyncColumns { 9074 9075 /** The authority for the contacts metadata */ 9076 public static final String METADATA_AUTHORITY = "com.android.contacts.metadata"; 9077 9078 /** A content:// style uri to the authority for the contacts metadata */ 9079 public static final Uri METADATA_AUTHORITY_URI = Uri.parse( 9080 "content://" + METADATA_AUTHORITY); 9081 9082 /** 9083 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 9084 */ 9085 private MetadataSync() { 9086 } 9087 9088 /** 9089 * The content:// style URI for this table. 9090 */ 9091 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(METADATA_AUTHORITY_URI, 9092 "metadata_sync"); 9093 9094 /** 9095 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of contact metadata 9096 */ 9097 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/contact_metadata"; 9098 9099 /** 9100 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of a single contact metadata. 9101 */ 9102 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/contact_metadata"; 9103 } 9104 9105 /** 9106 * @hide 9107 */ 9108 @SystemApi 9109 protected interface MetadataSyncStateColumns { 9110 9111 /** 9112 * A reference to the name of the account to which this state belongs 9113 * <P>Type: STRING</P> 9114 */ 9115 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "account_type"; 9116 9117 /** 9118 * A reference to the type of the account to which this state belongs 9119 * <P>Type: STRING</P> 9120 */ 9121 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "account_name"; 9122 9123 /** 9124 * A reference to the data set within the account to which this state belongs 9125 * <P>Type: STRING</P> 9126 */ 9127 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 9128 9129 /** 9130 * The sync state associated with this account. 9131 * <P>Type: Blob</P> 9132 */ 9133 public static final String STATE = "state"; 9134 } 9135 9136 /** 9137 * Constants for the metadata_sync_state table. This table is used to store the metadata 9138 * sync state for a set of accounts. 9139 * 9140 * @hide 9141 */ 9142 @SystemApi 9143 public static final class MetadataSyncState implements BaseColumns, MetadataSyncStateColumns { 9144 9145 /** 9146 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 9147 */ 9148 private MetadataSyncState() { 9149 } 9150 9151 /** 9152 * The content:// style URI for this table. 9153 */ 9154 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 9155 Uri.withAppendedPath(MetadataSync.METADATA_AUTHORITY_URI, "metadata_sync_state"); 9156 9157 /** 9158 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of contact metadata sync 9159 * states. 9160 */ 9161 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = 9162 "vnd.android.cursor.dir/contact_metadata_sync_state"; 9163 9164 /** 9165 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of a single contact metadata sync 9166 * state. 9167 */ 9168 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = 9169 "vnd.android.cursor.item/contact_metadata_sync_state"; 9170 } 9171} 9172